summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/38633.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '38633.txt')
-rw-r--r--38633.txt6285
1 files changed, 6285 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/38633.txt b/38633.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bd8adb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38633.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6285 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Monarchs of the Main, Volume III (of 3),
+by Walter Thornbury
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Monarchs of the Main, Volume III (of 3)
+ Or, Adventures of the Buccaneers
+
+
+Author: Walter Thornbury
+
+
+
+Release Date: January 21, 2012 [eBook #38633]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII)
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MONARCHS OF THE MAIN, VOLUME
+III (OF 3)***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Adam Buchbinder, Rory OConor, and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from scanned images of
+public domain material generously made available by the Google Books
+Library Project (http://books.google.com/)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg has the other two volumes of this work.
+ Volume I: see http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38631
+ Volume II: see http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38632
+
+
+ Images of the original pages are available through
+ the the Google Books Library Project. See
+ http://books.google.com/books?vid=FyYCAAAAYAAJ&id
+
+
+
+
+
+THE MONARCHS OF THE MAIN;
+
+Or,
+
+Adventures of the Buccaneers.
+
+by
+
+GEORGE W. THORNBURY, ESQ.
+
+"One foot on sea and one on shore,
+To one thing constant never."
+ MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING.
+
+In Three Volumes.
+
+VOL. III.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+London:
+Hurst and Blackett, Publishers,
+Successors to Henry Colburn,
+13, Great Marlborough Street.
+1855.
+
+London: Sercombe and Jack, 16 Great Windmill Street.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS OF VOL. III.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.--RAVENAU DE LUSSAN.
+
+As a young French Officer joins De Graff, at St. Domingo--Cruises round
+Carthagena--Crosses the Isthmus--Hardships--Joins the Buccaneer
+Fleet--Grogniet, the French Captain--Previous history of his Life--Fight
+with Greek mercenaries on the island--Take La Seppa--Engagement off
+Panama--Take Puebla Nueva--Separate from English--Capture Leon--Sack
+Chiriquita--Burn Granada--Storm Villia--Surprised by river
+ambuscade--Treachery of Greek spy--Capture vessels--Behead Spanish
+prisoners--Letter of Spanish President--Burning of the
+Savannahs--Quarrel between French and English--Attack on
+Quayaquilla--Love adventure of De Lussan--Retreat of French Buccaneers
+by land over the Isthmus of Darien--Passage from North to South
+Pacific--Great danger--Pass between the mountains--Daring stratagem of
+De Lussan--Escape--The river of the torrents--Rafts--Arrives at St.
+Domingo 1
+
+CHAPTER II.--THE LAST OF THE BROTHERHOOD.
+
+Sieur de Montauban--Cruises on the coast of Guinea--Captures English
+man-of-war--Escape from explosion--Life with the negro king--Laurence de
+Graff--His victories--Enters the French service--Treachery--Buccaneers
+join in French expedition and take Carthagena--Buccaneer
+marksmen--Robbed of spoil--Return and retake the city--Capture by
+English and Dutch fleets, 1698--Buccaneers wrecked with
+D'Estrees--Grammont takes Santiago--Captures Maracaibo, Gibraltar, and
+Torilla--Lands at Cumana--Enters the French service--Lost in a farewell
+cruise 105
+
+CHAPTER III.--DESTRUCTION OF THE FLOATING EMPIRE.
+
+Peace of Ryswick--Attempts to settle the Buccaneers as planters--They
+turn pirates--Blackbeard and Paul Jones--Last expedition to the Darien
+mines, 1702 157
+
+CHAPTER IV.--THE PIRATES OF NEW PROVIDENCE AND THE KINGS OF MADAGASCAR.
+
+Laws and dress--Government--Blackbeard--His enormities--Captain Avery
+and the great Mogul--Davis--Lowther--Low--Roberts--Major Bonnet--Captain
+Gow--The Guinea coast--Narratives of pirate prisoners--Sequel 163
+
+List of Authorities.
+
+Buccaneer Chiefs.
+
+
+
+
+MONARCHS OF THE MAIN.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+RAVENAU DE LUSSAN.
+
+ Joins De Graff--Cruises round Carthagena--Crosses the
+ Isthmus--Hardships--Joins Buccaneer fleet--Grogniet--Previous
+ history of the vessels--Fight with Greek mercenaries--Take La
+ Seppa--Engagement off Panama--Take Puebla Nueva--Separate from
+ English--Take Leon--Take Chiriquita--Take Granada--Capture
+ Villia--Surprised by ambuscade--Treachery of Greek spy--Capture
+ vessels--Behead prisoners--Burn the savannahs--Quarrel between
+ French and English--Take Guayaquil--Love adventure of De
+ Lussan--Retreat by land from North to South Pacific--Daring
+ stratagem of De Lussan--Escape--River and torrents--Rafts--Arrive at
+ St. Domingo.
+
+
+For the cruises of Grogniet we are indebted to the pages of Ravenau de
+Lussan, a young soldier, as brave and as sagacious as Xenophon.
+
+On the 22nd of November, 1684, Ravenau de Lussan departed from Petit
+Guaves with a crew of 120 adventurers, on board of a prize lately taken
+near Carthagena by Captain Laurence de Graff. Their intention was to
+join themselves to a Buccaneer fleet then cruising near Havannah. They
+had hitherto acted as convoy to the Lieutenant-General and the Intendant
+of the French colonies, who were afraid of being attacked by the Spanish
+piraguas. Soon after descrying the mainland, they were hailed by a
+French tartane, who, not believing that they were of his own nation, or
+had a commission from the Count of Tholouse, the Lord High Admiral of
+France, gave them two guns and commanded them to strike. The Buccaneers,
+thinking they had met a Spaniard, knocked out the head of two barrels of
+powder, intending to burn themselves and blow up the vessel, rather than
+be cruelly tortured and hung at the yard-arm with their commissions
+round their necks. A signal, however, discovered the mistake, and they
+were soon after joined by the vessels they sought. One of these was the
+_Mutinous_, formerly the _Peace_, commanded by Captain Michael
+Landresson, and carried fifty guns. The other was the _Neptune_,
+formerly the _St. Francis_, and carried forty-four guns. They had both
+been Spanish armadillas, had sallied out of Carthagena to take Captain
+De Graff, Michael, Quet, and Le Sage, and were themselves captured
+before the very walls. The four other boats belonged to Rose Vigneron,
+La Garde, and an "English traitor from Jamaica." They were then watching
+for the patache of Margarita, and a squadron of Spanish ships.
+
+At Curacoa they sent a boat ashore to ask leave to land and remast
+Laurence de Graff's vessel that had suffered in a hurricane, but were
+refused, although they showed their commission, and the men who landed
+were required to leave their swords at the gate. At Santa Cruz they
+saluted the fort, and the governor, finding 200 of them roaming about
+the town, commanded them by drum-beat to return to their ships,
+offering them two shallops for two pieces of eight a man to take them to
+their ships, but refusing to let them walk through the island. They
+found the reason of this was that Michael and Laurence's ships had
+lately taken 200,000 pieces of eight in two Dutch ships near the
+Havannah. This the freebooters did not touch, being at peace with
+Holland, but the sailors had stolen it and laid it to the French.
+
+Arriving at Cape La Vella, they placed fifteen sentinels to watch for
+the patache, and sent a boat to the La Hache river to obtain prisoners,
+but, in spite of various stratagems, failed in the attempt. A dispute
+now arose among the crews, who were weary of waiting for the patache,
+such disputes invariably breaking out in all seasons of misfortune, when
+union was more than usually necessary.
+
+Laurence de Graff, whom they accused of fraud, sailed at once for St.
+Domingo, followed by eighty-seven men in the prize, and Ravenau
+accompanied Captain Rose and Captain Michael to Carthagena, where they
+captured seven piraguas laden with maize. From the prisoners they heard
+that two galleons lay in the port, that the fleet was at Porto Bello,
+and that some ships were about to set out. Soon after this, finding
+themselves separated from Captain Rose and Michael, Ravenau determined
+to cross over the continent and get into the South Sea, as he heard a
+previous expedition some months before had done.
+
+Near Cape Matance a remarkable adventure happened. A Spanish soldier,
+belonging to the galleons, who had been taken in one of the maize
+vessels, although treated with every kindness, attempted to drown
+himself by throwing himself into the sea; his body, however, floated on
+its back, although he did all he could to drown, till at last, refusing
+the tackle thrown him from very compassion, he turned himself upon his
+face, and sank to the bottom. On landing at Golden Island and fixing a
+flag to warn the Indians, they saw a pennon hoisted upon the shore, and
+discovered it to belong to three of Captain Grogniet's men, who had
+refused to follow the expedition, which had just started for the South
+Sea. Some Indians soon after brought them letters left for the first
+freebooters who should land, announcing that Grogniet and 170 men had
+gone into the South Sea, and that 115 Englishmen had preceded them. Soon
+after Michael and Rose, pursuing a Spanish vessel from Santiago to
+Carthagena, came in to water, and many of the crew resolved to join
+their march. 118 men left Michael, and the whole sixty-four of Rose's
+crew, reimbursing the owners, burnt their vessel and joined them.
+Ravenau's ship was left in the care of Captain Michael, and the united
+264 men now encamped on shore.
+
+On Sunday, March 1st, 1685, after recommending themselves to the
+Almighty's protection, the expedition set out under the command of
+Captains Rose, Picard, and Desmarais, with two Indian guides and forty
+Indian porters.
+
+The country proved so rugged that they could only travel three leagues a
+day; it was full of mountains, precipices, and impenetrable forests.
+Great rains fell, and increased the hardship of the journey, and the
+weight of their arms and ammunition clogged them in ascending the
+precipices. On descending into the plain, which, though pathless,
+appeared smooth and level, they found they had to cross the same river
+forty-four times in the space of only two leagues, and this upon
+dangerous and slippery rocks. Arriving next day at an Indian
+caravansery, they remained some time shooting deer, monkeys, and wild
+hogs, flame-coloured birds, wild pheasants, and partridges that abounded
+in the woods. At length, after six days of painful and wearisome travel,
+the Buccaneers reached the Bocca del Chica river, that empties itself in
+the South Sea. Here, guided by the Indians, they fell to work making
+canoes, and bartered knives, needles, and hatchets, with the savages,
+for maize, potatoes, and bananas. Though well assured that their march
+had been impossible but for the friendliness of these savages, they
+still kept on their guard, fearing treachery. "They had," says Ravenau,
+with a pious sigh of pity, "no sign of religion or of the knowledge of
+God amongst them, holding that they have communion with the devil," and,
+indeed, as he declares, after spending solitary nights in the woods,
+often foretelling events to the Frenchmen, that came true to the
+minutest detail.
+
+Just as they had finished making their canoes, Lussan heard that the
+English expedition, under Captain Townley, had captured two provision
+vessels from Lima, and soon after one of Grogniet's men, who had been
+lost while hunting, joined them. Hearing that Grogniet awaited them at
+King's Islands, before he attacked the Peru fleet, they started on the
+1st of April in fourteen canoes, with twenty oars a piece, and with a
+score of Indian guides, who were sanguine of plunder. On the fourth they
+halted for stragglers, and mended their canoes, much injured by the
+rocks and flats of the river. In some places they were even forced to
+carry their boats, or to drag them over fallen trees that blocked the
+deeper parts by the flood. Several men died, and many were seized with
+painful diseases, produced by hard food and immersion in the water.
+They were now reduced to a handful of raw maize a day.
+
+From some Indians sent forward to meet them, they heard that provisions
+awaited them at some distance, and that 1000 Spaniards had prepared an
+ambuscade on the river's banks. This, however, they avoided, by stirring
+only at dark, and then without noise. Surprised one night by the tide,
+the canoes were driven swiftly down the river, and some of them upset
+against a snag; the men were saved, but the arms and ammunition were
+lost. On approaching the Indian ambuscade at Lestocada, they placed
+their canoes one in the other, and telling the sentinels that they were
+Indian boats, bringing salt into the South Sea, escaped unhurt. On the
+12th it grew so dark that the rowers could hardly see each other, and
+the heavy rain filled the boat so dangerously as to require two men to
+bale perpetually. At midnight they entered shouting into the South Sea,
+and found the provisions awaiting them at Bocca Chica, together with two
+barks to bring them to the fleet. Resting for a day or two, they
+repaired to the King's Islands to await the ships. These mountainous
+islands were the stronghold of Maroon negroes.
+
+On the 22nd, Easter Day, the fleet arrived. It consisted of ten vessels,
+Captain David's frigate of thirty-six guns, Captain Samms, vice-admiral,
+with sixteen guns, Captain Townley, with two ships; Captain Grogniet,
+Captain Brandy, and Captain Peter Henry had also each a vessel, and the
+two small barks were commanded by quartermasters. Except Grogniet, who
+was a Frenchman, and David, who was a Fleming, the rest were all
+Englishmen. Their total force amounted to the number of 1100.
+
+Of the different vessels, Ravenau gives the following laudatory account.
+The admiral's belonged to the English, who, at St. Domingo, had
+surprised a long bark, commanded by Captain Tristan, a Frenchman, while
+waiting for a wind. They took next a Dutch ship, and, changing vessels,
+went and made several prizes on the coast of Guinea, and, at Castres
+capturing a vessel from Hamburg, joined this expedition. They were,
+Ravenau declared, little better than pirates, attacking even, their own
+countrymen, which no true Buccaneer ever did. They had, a short time
+before, been chastised by a frigate, who, giving them a broadside and a
+volley of small shot, killed their captain and twenty men.
+
+The vice-admiral's was a vessel they had forced to join them, and had
+lately taken a ship called the _Sainte Rose_, laden with corn and wine,
+bound from Truxillo to Panama, and this vessel Davis gave to the French.
+The others were all prizes captured in the South seas.
+
+The holy alliance soon after took an advice boat that was carrying
+letters from Madrid to Panama, and despatches from the viceroy of Peru;
+but both the captain and pilot were bound by an oath rather to die than
+deliver up their packets or divulge any secret, and had thrown overboard
+the rolls as well as a casket of jewels. On the same evening 500 men, in
+twenty-two canoes, embarked to take La Seppa, a small town seven leagues
+to windward, of Panama. The next day, early in the morning, two armed
+piraguas, manned with Spanish mercenaries, seeing some of the Buccaneer
+canoes and forty-six men approaching them, ran ashore on an island in
+the bay and prepared to defend themselves. These troops were composed of
+all nations, and had been sent to defend this coast. One of the "Greek"
+boats split on the beach. The other the Buccaneers took, but the
+fugitives, planting their flag of defiance on a rising ground, fought
+desperately, and compelled the freebooters to land on another part of
+the island and take them in the rear. After an hour's conflict they fled
+into the woods, leaving thirty-five men dead round their colours and two
+prisoners.
+
+The attack upon La Seppa proved a failure, for the Sea Rovers had to row
+two leagues up a river, where they were soon discovered by the
+sentinels. Yet for all this they fell furiously on, and took it with the
+loss of only one man; but the booty proved inconsiderable.
+
+The fleet now anchored at the beautiful islands called the Gardens of
+Panama. All the rich merchants of the city had pleasure-houses here
+surrounded by rich orchards and arbours of jessamine, and watered by
+rills and streams. The hungry sailors revelled in the fruits, and reaped
+plentiful harvests of maize and rice, which Ravenau says "the Spaniards,
+I believe, did not sow with an intention they should enjoy."
+
+On the 8th of May they passed the old and new towns of Panama in bravado
+with colours and streamers flying, anchored at Tavoga, another island of
+pleasure. Having caulked their ships, they sent out a long bark as a
+scout, and arranged a plan of attacking the Spanish fleet. Davis and
+Grogniet were to board the admiral; Samms and Brandy the vice-admiral;
+and Henry and Townley the patache; while the armed piraguas would hover
+about and keep off the enemy's fire-ships. The next day they put ashore
+forty prisoners at Tavoga; and the same day, the sound of cannon, which
+they could not account for, announced the unobserved arrival of the
+Spanish fleet at Panama. The whole Buccaneer squadron, expecting a
+battle soon, took the usual oath that they would not wrong one another
+to the value of a piece of eight, if God was pleased to give them the
+victory over the Spaniard.
+
+They had scarcely discovered from a Spanish prisoner that the fleet had
+actually arrived, and was careening and remanning before they ventured
+out, when Captain Grogniet, raising his flag seven times, gave notice to
+make quickly ready. The Buccaneers doubled the point of the island where
+they had anchored, and saw seven great vessels bearing down upon them
+with a bloody flag to the stern and a royal one at their masts. The
+Frenchmen, mad with joy at the prospect of such prizes, and thinking
+them already their own, threw their hats into the sea for joy. It was
+now noon. The rest of the day was spent by both fleets in trying to
+obtain the weather-gauge, and at sunset they exchanged a broadside. In
+the night a floating lanthorn deceived the Buccaneers, and in the
+morning they found themselves all still to leeward, with the exception
+of two vessels which had no guns. Although terribly mauled by the
+Spanish shot, the English admiral and vice-admiral resolved to die
+fighting rather than let one vessel be taken, although both being good
+sailors they might have at once saved themselves. The Spaniards,
+refusing to board, battered them safely at a distance, and prevented
+Grogniet from joining them, while Peter Henry's ship, having received
+more than 120 cannon shot, sheered off and was taken by two piraguas.
+
+The long bark, sorely handled, was deserted by her crew, who threw their
+guns overboard and left the Spanish prisoners to shift for themselves.
+These wretches attempted to rejoin their countrymen; but the Spanish
+admiral, mistaking them for enemies, sank them with his cannon.
+
+Peter Henry's vessel reached the isle of St. John de Cueblo, twenty-four
+leagues from Panama, with five feet of water in the hold, and having
+repaired, rejoined his fleet in about a fortnight. They found that
+Captain Davis had been hard plied, having received two shots in his
+rudder, and six of his men were wounded, but only one killed. Captain
+Samms had been no less put to it. His poop was half swept off, and he
+had received several shots between wind and water. He had had three men
+wounded, and his mate had had his head carried off by a cannon ball. The
+smaller vessels had lost no men, but had a few wounded. The Spanish
+admiral, they found, had carried 56 guns, the vice-admiral 40, the
+patache 28, and the conserve 18. The fire-ships had also been mounted
+with cannon to conceal their real purpose. On considering the disparity
+of force, and the little loss his companions received, Ravenau seems to
+have no doubt that if they could have intercepted the Spaniards before
+they entered Panama, and could have got the weather-gauge of them, he
+should have returned through the straits with wealth enough to have
+lived all his life at ease, and have escaped three more years of danger
+and fatigue.
+
+Not the least discouraged by this repulse, the freebooters landed 300
+men, from five canoes, to surprise the town of Puebla Nueva. Rowing two
+leagues up a very fine river, they captured one sentinel, but another
+escaped and gave the alarm. They found the place deserted, but took a
+ship on their way back.
+
+A quarrel broke out here between the French and the English. The latter,
+superior in numbers, would have taken Grogniet's ship away, and given it
+to Townley, had not the Frenchmen put on a determined front. Refusing to
+acknowledge this assumption of dominion, 130 of them banded themselves
+apart, and Grogniet's crew made them altogether 330 in number.
+
+"Besides national animosity, one of the chief reasons," says Lussan,
+"that made us disagree was their impiety against our religion, for they
+made no scruple when they got into a church to cut down the arms of a
+crucifix with their sabres, or to shoot them down with their fusils and
+pistols, bruising and maiming the images of the saints with the same
+weapons, in derision to the adoration we Frenchmen paid unto them. And
+it was chiefly from these horrid disorders that the Spaniards equally
+hated us all, as we came to understand by divers of their letters that
+fell into our hands." We have no doubt at all that, but for these
+"horrible disorders," the Spaniards would have considered the death of
+their children and the loss of their money as real compliments.
+
+Returning to the isle of St. John, both nations in separate encampments
+began to cut down acajou trees to hollow into canoes in place of those
+they had lost in the fight.
+
+These trees were so large that one trunk would hold eighty men. Afraid
+of the English, the Frenchmen placed a sentinel in a high tree on the
+sea-shore, to watch both the camps, and also to give the signal if any
+Spanish vessel approached. A Buccaneer ship putting into the harbour,
+they discovered it to be commanded by Captain Willnett. Forty of his
+crew left him, and joined the English, but eleven Frenchmen remained
+with Grogniet. This vessel had just captured a corn ship near Sansonnat,
+and hearing of other brothers being on the south coast, had set out in
+search of them. The Frenchmen were now very short of food, having
+little powder, and not daring to waste it upon deer and monkeys when
+Spaniards were at hand, for in fifteen days the Englishmen had eaten or
+driven away all the turtle. They were reduced to an allowance of two
+turtle for 330 men in forty-eight hours. Many of the men wandering into
+the woods ate poisonous fruits. Others were bitten by serpents, and died
+enduring terrible pains, ignorant of the fruit which is an antidote to
+such wounds. Several were devoured by crocodiles.
+
+While in this strait, the English sent a quartermaster to ask the French
+to join in an expedition against the town of Leon, being too weak by
+themselves. The wounded vanity of the French contended with their
+hunger. They knew that the English had plenty of provisions, brought in
+Willnett's ship, and thirty men, weary of fasting, left Grogniet and
+joined Davis. But Ravenau's party having but one ship asked for another,
+in order that they might keep together, and this being refused, broke
+off the treaty.
+
+As soon as the Leon party had embarked, the French, commanded by Captain
+Grogniet, also started with 120 men in five canoes, leaving 200 in the
+island to build more canoes, and join them on the continent. Coming on
+the mainland to a cattle station, and afterwards to a sugar plantation,
+they took several prisoners whom they found ignorant of the disjunction
+of the French and English. Sending back a canoe with provisions to the
+island, they landed again about forty leagues to leeward of Panama, and
+at cock-crowing surprised a Spanish estantia, and took fifty prisoners,
+including a young man and woman of rank who promised ransom. These they
+carried to the island Ignuana, and received the money after a
+fortnight's delay.
+
+On their return to St. John's they found that 100 men had been to Puebla
+Nueva, and taken the place, although discovered by the sentinels, and
+had remained there two days in spite of continual attacks. The commander
+of the place had come with a trumpet to speak to them, and inquired why,
+being English, they fought under French colours. But they, not
+satisfying his curiosity, fiercely told him to be gone from whence he
+came. Eight of them, having strayed from the main body, had been bravely
+set on by 150 Spaniards, who killed two of them, but, with all the
+advantage they had of numbers, could not hinder the other six from
+recovering the main guard, who fought and retreated with extraordinary
+vigour.
+
+Once more reunited, these restless Norsemen started to the mainland in
+six canoes, 140 in number, to visit the sugar plantation near St. Jago,
+where they had been before. Two men were sent to the cattle station to
+obtain the ransom of the master, whom they kept prisoner, and others
+visited the sugar works in search of some cauldrons, which they needed;
+and, fired at hearing the governor of St. Jago, with 800 men, had
+visited the place since their departure, they sent to dare him to meet
+them.
+
+Careening their ships and taking in water and wood, they would at once
+have sailed away, but were detained by eighteen days' rain, during which
+time the sun did not once appear. This part of the South Sea was
+proverbial for continual rains, and was called by the Spaniards "The
+Droppings." "These rains," Ravenau says, "not only rotted their sails,
+but produced dysentery among the men, and bred worms, half a finger long
+and as thick as a quill, between their skin and their flesh." Soon after
+leaving the island they were nearly cast away in a dreadful storm, and
+were compelled to repair their shattered sails with shirts and drawers,
+wherewith they were already very indifferently provided.
+
+At Realegua, where there was a volcano burning, they landed 100 men in
+four canoes, and obtained some prisoners by surprising a hatto. They
+found the English had already taken Leon and burnt Realegua. In spite of
+Spanish reinforcements from eight neighbouring towns, they stayed at
+Leon three whole days, and challenged the Spaniards to meet them in the
+Race savannah. But the Spaniards replied, they were not yet all come
+together; "which means," says our friend Ravenau, "that they were not
+yet six to one." While here, one of their quartermasters, a Catalonian
+by birth, fled to the Spaniards, and compelled the French to abandon a
+design on the town of Granada. At Realegua six men tried to swim ashore
+to fill some water casks, in spite of the Spaniards on the beach, and
+one of them was drowned in the attempt. They landed at the port, and
+found the churches and houses and three entrenchments half burnt.
+Surprising the sentinels of Leon, they discovered that in spite of a
+garrison of 2000 men, the inhabitants, hearing the Buccaneers had
+landed, were hiding their treasure. They soon after put to flight a
+detachment of horse, and took the captain prisoner.
+
+A few days after this 150 men left the vessels to take a small town of
+Puebla Vieja, near Realegua, which they found still deserted. It had
+become the custom now among the Spaniards, when the freebooters had
+frequently taken the same place, for the prelate to excommunicate it,
+and henceforward not even to bury their dead there. Discovered by the
+sentinel, the Buccaneers found the enemy entrenched in the church of
+Puebla, and about 150 horse in the market-place. A few discharges drove
+the horsemen away, and the defenders of the church fled through a door
+in the vestry. Staying a day and a-half in the captured town, the
+freebooters carried away all the provisions they could find on horses
+and on their own backs, taking with them a Spanish gentleman who
+promised ransom. The next day a Spanish officer brought a letter signed
+by the vicar-general of the province, written by order of the general of
+Costa Rica, declaring that France and Spain were at peace and leagued to
+fight the infidel, and offering them a passage to the North Sea in his
+Catholic Majesty's galleons. To this they returned a threatening answer,
+and, putting thirty prisoners ashore, proceeded to careen their ships,
+the Spaniards lighting fires along the coast as they departed.
+
+An expedition, with fifty men in three canoes, against the town of
+Esparso failed, but the hungry men killed and ate the horses of the
+sentinels whom they took prisoners, for they had now tasted hardly
+anything for four days. At Caldaria they visited a bananery, and loaded
+their canoes with the fruit, and at Point Borica stored their boats with
+cocoa-nuts, which Ravenau takes care to describe as nuts unknown in
+Europe. Laden with gold, but nevertheless, like Midas, starving for want
+of food, they landed sixty men in three canoes and took some prisoners
+at a hatto which they surrounded, but finding they were very near
+Chiriquita, and a garrison of 600 men, retreated to their ships, forcing
+their way through 400 horse who reviled them, and challenged them to
+revisit the town, which they took care soon after to do.
+
+On the 5th of January, 1686, they started 230 men in eight canoes to
+revisit this place, going ashore at night without a guide, and marched
+till daylight without being discovered. On the 7th they hid all day in a
+wood, and as night approached again pushed forward, the 8th they spent
+also hid in a covert, and then found they had gone ashore on the wrong
+side of the river. Fatigued as they were, they waited till night, and
+then, returning to their canoes, crossed the river. Surprising the
+watch, they found the Spaniards, even on the former alarm, had removed
+all their treasure. On the 9th, they reached Chiriquita two hours before
+day, and found the inhabitants asleep. The townsmen had been two days
+disputing with one another about the watches, and the Buccaneers
+ridiculed them by telling them they had come to spare them the trouble.
+The soldiers they discovered playing in the court of guard, and they
+found a small frigate ashore at the mouth of the river.
+
+About noon, five of the Buccaneers, straggling into the suburbs to
+plunder a house and obtain prisoners, were set upon by an ambuscade of
+120 men. Finding no hope of escape, rather than be taken alive they
+resolved to sell their lives dearly, and back to back fought the enemy
+for an hour and a-half, when only two remained capable of resistance.
+The main body, who thought they had been simply firing at a mark, came
+to their relief, upon which the enemy at once fled. Of this skirmish,
+at which Lussan was present, he says--"This succour coming in so
+seasonably, did infallibly save our lives; for the enemy having already
+killed us two men and disabled another, it was impossible we should hold
+out against such a shower of bullets as were poured in upon us from all
+sides; and so I may truly say I escaped a scouring, and that without
+receiving as much as one wound, but by a visible hand of protection from
+heaven. The Spaniards left thirty men dead upon the spot; and thus we
+defended ourselves as desperate men, and, to say all in a word, like
+freebooters."
+
+The Buccaneers having burnt all the houses in the town, fearing a night
+attack, retreated into the great church, exchanging a shot now and then
+with the enemy. This town was built on the savannahs, and surrounded by
+hattoes, its chief trade being in tallow and leather. The men rested
+here till the tenth, rejoicing in plenty of provision after nearly four
+days' fast. They then removed their prisoners to an island in the river,
+where the Spaniards could only approach them openly in a fleet of
+shallops. The enemy, driven out of an ambuscade, sent to demand the
+prisoners, saying they would recover them or perish in the attempt; but
+grew pacified when Grogniet declared they should all be put to death if
+a single bullet was fired. Driving off a guard of 100 men, they also
+plundered the stranded vessel, and discovered by the letters that the
+admiral of the Peru fleet had lately been lost with his 400 men, by his
+vessel being struck by a thunderbolt. On the sixteenth, obtaining a
+ransom for their prisoners, they returned to the island of St. John.
+
+The Spaniards, from fear of the freebooters, having put a stop to their
+navigation, no ships were to be captured, and having no sails, and their
+ship being useless without them, the French began to cut down trees and
+build piraguas. On the 27th they descried seven sail at sea, and put out
+five canoes to reconnoitre, suspecting it was the vanguard of the
+Peruvian fleet. Soon after discerning twelve piraguas and three long
+barks coasting in the distance, they retreated to their docks in the
+river, and ran their bark ashore to render it useless to the Spaniards,
+placing an ambuscade of 150 men along the banks. The enemy, suspecting a
+trick, disregarded the two canoes that were sent to draw them into the
+snare, but commenced to furiously cannonade the grounded ship, which
+contained nothing but a poor cat, and then, perceiving her empty,
+bravely boarded and burnt her for the sake of the iron work, and soon
+afterwards sailed away. They learnt afterwards that the Chiriquita
+prisoners had reported that they had fortified the island, and the fleet
+had been sent to land field-pieces and demolish the works. This alarm of
+the Spaniards had been encouraged by the Buccaneers having purposely
+asked at Chiriquita for masons, and obliged the prisoners to give bricks
+as part of the ransom.
+
+On the 14th of March, they left the island of St. John, in two barks, a
+half galley of forty oars, ten large piraguas, and ten smaller canoes,
+built of mapou wood. Taking a review of their men, fourteen of whom had
+died in February, they found they had lost thirty since the departure of
+the English. To prepare for a long-planned attack on Granada, a half
+galley and four canoes were despatched to get provisions at Puebla
+Nueva. Entering the river by moonlight, the Buccaneers approached within
+pistol shot of a small frigate, a long bark, and a piragua, which they
+supposed to be their old English allies, but were received by a
+splashing volley of great and small shot that killed twenty men. The
+ships were, in fact, a detachment of the Spanish fleet left to guard
+some provision ships lading for Panama. Quickly recovering from their
+surprise, the adventurers, though without cannon, fought them stiffly
+for two hours, killing every man that appeared in the shrouds, and
+bringing down one by one the grenadiers from the main-top. But as soon
+as the moon went down, the Buccaneers sheered off with four dead men and
+thirty-three wounded, waiting for daylight to have their revenge. In the
+mean time, the enemy had retired under cover of an entrenchment, to
+which the country people, attracted during the night by the firing, had
+crowded in arms; against these odds, the Buccaneers were unwillingly
+compelled to retire, and soon rejoined their canoes at St. Peter's.
+
+Landing at a town ten leagues leeward of Chiriquita, they obtained no
+provisions, and had, with the loss of two men, to force their way
+through an ambuscade of 500 Spaniards. Rejoining their barks they spent
+some days in hunting in the Bay of Boca del Toro, and obtaining
+nourishing food for the wounded men. Their next enterprise was against
+the town of Lesparso, which they found abandoned. While lying in the bay
+they were joined by Captain Townley and five canoes, who, with his 115
+men, begged to be allowed to join in the expedition against Granada.
+Remembering the old imperious dealing of the English, the French at
+first, to frighten them, boarded their canoes, and offered to take them
+away. "Then," says Lussan, "we let the captain know we were _honester_
+men than he (a curious dispute), and that though we had the upper hand,
+yet we would not take the advantage of revenging the injuries they had
+done us, and that we would put him and all his men in possession of what
+we had taken from them four or five hours before." The men were then
+assembled in a bananery island, in the bay, and an account taken of
+their supply of powder, for fear any should expend it in hunting. Orders
+were also enacted that any brother found guilty of cowardice, violence,
+drunkenness, disobedience, theft, or straggling from the main body,
+should lose his share of the booty of Granada.
+
+On the 25th the French and English departed in piraguas and canoes, 345
+men, and landed on a flat shore, following a good guide, who led them
+for two days through a wood. They were, however, seen by some fishermen,
+who alarmed the town, which had already received intelligence of their
+march from Lesparso. Great fatigue obliged them to rest on the evening
+of the 9th at a sugar plantation belonging to a knight of St. James,
+whom they were too tired to pursue.
+
+On the 10th they saw two ships on the distant lake of Nicaragua,
+carrying off all the wealth of the town to a neighbouring island. From a
+prisoner they learnt that the inhabitants were strongly entrenched in
+the market-place, guarded by fourteen pieces of cannon and six
+patereroes, and that six troops of horse were waiting to attack them in
+the rear.
+
+This information, which would have damped the courage of any but
+Buccaneers, drove them only the faster to the charge. At two in the
+afternoon they entered the town, over the dead bodies of a party that
+had awaited them in ambuscade, and sent a party to reconnoitre the fort.
+The skirmishers, after a few shots, returned, and reported that there
+were three streets leading to the fort, so they all resolved to
+concentrate in one of these.
+
+Lussan describes the scene, of which he was an eye-witness, too
+graphically to need curtailing. "After we had exhorted one another," he
+says, "to fall on bravely, we advanced at a good round pace towards the
+said fortification. As soon as the defendants saw us within a good
+cannon-shot of them, they fired furiously upon us; but observing that at
+every discharge of their great guns, we saluted them down to the ground,
+in order to let their shot fly over us, they bethought themselves of
+false priming them, to the end we might raise our bodies, after the sham
+was over, and so to be really surprised with their true firing. As soon
+as we discovered this stratagem, we ranged ourselves along the houses,
+and having got upon a little ascent, which was a garden plot, we fired
+upon them from thence so openly for an hour and a-half that they were
+obliged to quit their ground, which our hardy boys, who were got to the
+foot of their walls, contributed yet more than the other by pouring in
+hand-grenades incessantly upon them, so that at last they betook
+themselves to the great church or tower, but they wounded us some men.
+As soon as our people, who had got upon the said eminence, perceived
+that the enemy fled, they called to us to jump over the walls, which we
+had no sooner done than they followed us, and thus it was that we made
+ourselves masters of the town, from whence they fled, after having lost
+a great many men. We had on our side but four men killed and eight
+wounded, which in truth was very cheap. When we got into the fort we
+found it to be a place capable of containing 6,000 fighting men; it was
+encompassed with a wall the same as our prisoners gave us an account of.
+It was pierced with many holes, to do execution upon the assailants, and
+was well stored with arms. That part of it which looked towards the
+street, through which we attacked it, was defended by two pieces of
+cannon and four patereroes, to say nothing of several other places made
+to open in the wall through which they thrust instruments made on
+purpose to break the legs of those who should be adventurous enough to
+come near it; but these, by the help of our grenadiers, we rendered
+useless to them. After we had sung _Te Deum_ in the great church, and
+set four sentinels in the tower, we fixed our court of guard in the
+strong-built houses that are also enclosed within the place of arms, and
+there gathered all the ammunition we could get, and then we went to
+visit the houses, wherein we found nothing but a few goods and some
+provision, which we carried into our court of guard."
+
+The next evening 150 men were despatched to a distant sugar plantation,
+to capture some ladies of rank and treasure; but on the next day a monk
+came to treat about the ransom they would require to spare the town.
+Unluckily the Spaniards had captured a Buccaneer straggler, who told
+them that his companions never meant to burn the place, but intended to
+stop there some months, and return into the North Sea, by the lake of
+Nicaragua. The freebooters, being refused the ransom, set fire to the
+houses in revenge. Had the French indeed had but canoes to capture the
+two ships in the island and secure the treasure, they would undoubtedly
+have carried out this plan. To a handful of hungry men, without food and
+without ships, even the gardens of Granada appeared hateful.
+
+On leaving the town the Buccaneers took with them one piece of cannon
+and four patereroes, drawn by oxen, having to fight their way for
+twenty leagues to the shore over the savannah, surrounded by 2,500
+Spaniards thirsting for their blood. In every place the enemy fled at
+the first discharge of their pieces. From a prisoner they learnt that a
+million and a-half pieces of eight, kept for ransom, was buried in the
+wall of the fort, but the men felt no disposition to return. They were
+soon obliged to leave their cannon behind, the oxen choked with the
+dust, worn out with the heat, and dying of thirst; but the patereroes
+were still dragged on by the mules. At the little village of Massaya,
+near the lake, they were received with open arms by the Indians, who
+only entreated them not to burn their huts.
+
+All the water in the village had been tainted by the Spaniards, but the
+natives brought them as much as they needed. While they lay here a
+Spanish monk came to them to obtain the release of a priest who had been
+taken armed and with pockets filled with poisoned bullets. They refused
+to surrender him but in exchange for one of their own men. The next
+day, passing from the forest into a plain, they were attacked by 500
+men, drawn up upon an ascent, and commanded by their Spanish deserter.
+Each party displayed bloody flags, but the vanguard beat them with
+wonderful bravery, and took fifty horses. The enemy fled, leaving their
+arms and the wounded, and turned out to be auxiliaries from Leon. In
+three days more they reached the beach, and, resting several days to
+salt provisions, sailed to Realegua, where they collected provisions and
+100 horses. They then burnt down the borough of Ginandego, in spite of
+200 soldiers and an entrenchment, because the inhabitants had defied
+them to come. Even here they were, however, much straitened for
+provision, the corregidor of Leon having desired all men to burn the
+provisions wherever the Buccaneers landed.
+
+The same day at noon the sentinels rang the alarm bell in the steeple,
+and gave notice that 800 men from Leon were advancing across the
+savannah to fight them. The men, bustling out of their houses, marched
+at once, 150 in number, under their red colours, and drove off the
+enemy after a few shots.
+
+There now arose a dissension in the Flibustier councils. 148 Frenchmen
+and all the English, headed by Captain Townley, determined to go up
+before Panama to see if the navigation had yet been resumed. 148
+Frenchmen, under Captain Grogniet, resolved to go lower westward and
+winter upon an island, waiting for some abatement of the rains and
+southerly winds. The barks, canoes, and provisions were then divided,
+and the chirurgeons brought in the accounts of the wounded and crippled.
+There were found to be four men crippled and six hurt: to the latter
+were given 600 pieces of eight a man, and to the former 1000, being
+exactly all the money then in store.
+
+Ravenau joined the Panama division, which, touching again at their old
+quarters on the island of St. John, took off a prisoner who had made his
+escape when they were last there, and proceeded to land and capture the
+town of Villia with 160 men. Marching with great rapidity they reached
+the town an hour after sunrise, and surprising the inhabitants at mass,
+took 300 prisoners. They then attempted to capture three barks lying in
+the river, but the Spanish sailors sank one and destroyed the rigging of
+the other two. Gathering together all the merchandise of the town left
+by the fleet, the invaders found it to amount to a million and a-half,
+valued at 15,000 pieces of eight in good silver. Much treasure was,
+however, buried, the Spaniards submitting to death rather than confess
+their hiding-places.
+
+The next day a party of fourscore men were sent to drive the pack horses
+to the river side to load the booty in two Spanish canoes. They
+despaired of obtaining any ransom for the town, as the alcalde major had
+sent to them to say that the only ransom he should give was powder and
+ball, whereof he had a great deal at their service; that as to the
+prisoners, he should entrust them to the hands of God, and that his
+people were getting ready as fast as they could, to have the honour of
+seeing them. Upon receiving this daring answer, the Buccaneers, in a
+rage, fired the town and marched to the river. As the Spanish ambuscades
+prevented the boats coming up to meet them, the adventurers put nine men
+on board the boats, the men marching by their side to guard them from
+attack. On the other side, unknown to them and hidden by the trees,
+marched 900 Spaniards. When they had proceeded about a league, an
+impassable thicket compelled them to make a diversion of some 200 paces,
+an accident which involved the loss of the whole plunder of Villia.
+
+Before they left the boats, the captain ordered the crews to stop a
+little higher up, where the three Spanish barks lay, and endeavour to
+bring them away. On arriving there they were surprised by an ambuscade,
+and as they defended themselves against the Spaniards, the current drove
+them on beyond the three barks and far from the main body. Seeing them
+now helpless, the enemy discharged sixty musket shots at them, and
+killed four men and wounded one. The rest, abandoning the canoes, swam
+to the other side of the river, while a dozen Indians wading in brought
+the boat to the Spaniards; cutting off the head of a wounded man and
+setting it on a pole by the shore.
+
+The Buccaneers who did not hear the firing, were astonished on returning
+to the river to see no canoes, and while waiting for them to come up,
+for they supposed they were behind, the rowers, who had escaped, broke
+breathless through the thicket, and told their story. Luckily in their
+flight through the wood they had discovered the rudders and sails of the
+three barks, in which the Buccaneers at once embarked, and sent
+fifty-six men on shore to recover the fittings, agreeing that each
+should fire three guns as a signal. Soon after they had landed, the
+report of about 500 guns was heard, but before they could reach the
+enemy the Spaniards had fled. Going ashore the next day, they found the
+two canoes dashed to pieces, and the bodies of the dead much
+mutilated--the head of one set upon a pole, and the body of another
+burnt in the fire. These objects so enraged the Buccaneers, that they
+instantly cut off four of their prisoners' heads, and set them on poles
+in the same place. Their own dead they carried with them to bury by the
+sea-side--the fitting burial-place for seamen. Three times they had to
+land to break through ambuscades at the river's mouth, in the last
+attack losing three men. With a Spaniard who came on board, they agreed
+for a ransom of 10,000 pieces of eight, but threatened to kill all the
+prisoners if the money was not brought in within two days. Upon the
+stubborn alcalde seizing the hostages who were sent ashore to obtain
+money to release their wives, the Buccaneers cut off the heads of two
+prisoners and sent them to the town, declaring that if no ransom was
+paid, they would serve the rest the same, and having put the women on an
+island, would come and capture the alcalde. The same evening came in a
+promise to pay all the ransoms, and to bring besides, every day while
+they stayed, ten oxen, twenty sheep, and 200 lbs. of meal. For a
+Buccaneer's fire-arms which the enemy pretended to have lost (for the
+Spaniards were fond of French arms), they paid 400 pieces of eight. They
+also bought one of the captured barks for 600 pieces of eight and 100
+lbs. of nails, of which the adventurers stood in great need, but her
+tackle and anchors were not surrendered. They obtained also a Flibustier
+passport that the bark should not be retaken, although her cargo might
+be confiscated. Having then obtained a parting present of 100 salted
+beeves, from this long-suffering place the French set sail. Afraid to
+land on the continent, which was guarded by 4,000 men, they abstained,
+till, nearly dying with thirst, they made a descent with 200 sailors,
+driving off the Spaniards, whom they found lying on the grass about 100
+paces from the sea.
+
+Lussan says they saw "we were a people who would hazard all for a small
+matter."
+
+Landing at midnight at a small island near Cape Pin, they were
+discovered by the pearl divers, but still contrived to capture a ship at
+daybreak. From their prisoners they heard that the Spaniards had lately
+defeated a party of thirty-six, French and English, from Peru, who were
+attempting to pass into the North Sea by the river Bocca del Chica. Two
+parties of English, forty each, on their way into the South Sea, had
+also been massacred all but four, who were prisoners at Panama. To
+balance these ill omens, tidings of prizes reached the Buccaneers on
+every hand. A bark was lying in the Bocca del Chica river, waiting for
+800 lbs. of gold from the mines to bring to Panama. Two ships laden with
+meal and money for the garrison of Lima were also expected; and from a
+prisoner (a spy, it afterwards appeared), captured at the King's
+Islands, they learnt that two merchant barks and a piragua with sixty
+Indians lay in the river of Seppa, besides a frigate and scout galley
+under the guns of Panama.
+
+Much in want of vessels, and not suspecting the prisoner, four canoes
+were sent at once to cut out the barks of Panama, the "Greek" soldier
+going with them readily as a guide. They arrived two hours before
+daylight, and the moon shining very bright they waited for a cloud to
+obscure it, seeing, as they thought, the anticipated prize lying near
+with her sails loose. By mere chance, the adventurers, to waste no time,
+pursued a vessel just leaving the port, thinking it was the scout
+galley, and took it without a shot. Upon examination, the captain
+confessed their guide was the commander of a Greek piragua, and had been
+promised a large reward by the governor of Panama to betray them into
+his hands. The ship they saw was a mere sham of boards and sails, built
+upon firm land, only a pistol shot from the port. They supposed that the
+Buccaneers, eager to take her, would row up, and so drive their canoes
+far on shore, and hoped to overpower them before they got off. The Greek
+captain being at once identified as a spy, was, says Ringrose, "sent to
+that world where he had designed to send us." The fleet then proceeded
+to take the islands of Ottoqua and Tavoga, losing two men in the Greek's
+second ambuscade at Seppa, but capturing in their way a bark from Nata
+laden with provisions, after a few discharges of musketry, the Spanish
+captain swimming to shore. From Tavoga they sent a message to the
+governor of Panama, to say that if he did not at once surrender his five
+English and French captives, they would at once put to death fifty
+Spanish prisoners.
+
+They then anchored again at the King's Islands, and sent a galley and
+four canoes up the Bocca Chica river to see if the Indians were at peace
+with Spain or not, and to destroy an ambuscade of 100 Spaniards, who
+they heard were lying in wait on the banks for thirty freebooters, on
+their way from the South to the North Pacific. Carried swiftly up the
+river by the current, the guide, compelling them to row faster just
+before daybreak, brought them, much to their astonishment, at a bend of
+the river, opposite the camp fires of the enemy. The guide being hailed,
+replied they were from Panama; and being asked the name of the
+commander, hesitated about a fitting title, and received a volley in
+return. The Buccaneers driving off the enemy with two patereroes, passed
+them quickly, and, anchoring out of reach, waited for the ebb tide to
+return. Putting all their men under deck, the adventurers returned about
+an hour before daylight, saluting them with four paterero shots as they
+passed, and receiving no injury in return. The next day, taking a small
+Indian vessel, the Buccaneers landed lower down the river, intending to
+take the Spanish entrenchment in the rear; but seeing the enemy putting
+out a piragua to attack their galley, they returned in great haste and
+landed opposite the Spanish court of guard, killing a great many men and
+driving out the rest. They also shot an Indian, who, mistaking them for
+Spaniards, followed them and reviled them as they were re-embarking. The
+prisoners told them that the neighbouring town of Terrible was prepared
+for their coming. A letter to the camp-master of Terrible was found in
+the entrenchment. It concluded thus: "I have sent you 300 men to defeat
+these enemies of God and goodness; be sure to keep upon your watch; be
+afraid of being surprised, and your men will infallibly be gainers in
+defeating of them." The prisoners also put them on their guard as to
+many ambuscades and secret dangers. Having burnt the guard-house, and
+carried off the piragua with some pounds of gold-dust, the Buccaneers
+departed, dismissing the Indians to propitiate the nation who had
+received commission from the President of Panama to arm canoes against
+them. While descending the river, having put some Spanish prisoners on
+deck to deceive the Indians, some natives came and brought gold-dust to
+them, taking them for friends. A few days after this, forty Spanish
+prisoners put ashore at the King's Islands, met accidentally with some
+canoes, and escaped to Panama.
+
+The French were now again surprised as they had been before, three of
+the enemy's vessels approaching under cover of an island. By venturing a
+dangerous passage between the island of Tavaguilla and a rock the
+Buccaneers at last obtained the weather-gauge. The fight lasted till
+noon, and the Spaniards were driven off in all attempts at boarding.
+Throwing grenades into the biggest ship, one of them set fire to some
+loose powder and burnt a great many men; and during this confusion, the
+adventurers boarded the enemy, who rallied in the stern, and made a
+vigorous resistance, but at last begged for quarter. The second was also
+at the same time carried and taken. The third, a kind of galley, pursued
+by three Buccaneer vessels, ran ashore and staved to pieces, few of the
+crew escaping, not more than a dozen, Ringrose thinks. In the frigate
+eighty men were killed and wounded out of 120 on board. The second ship
+had only eighteen unhurt out of eighty. All the officers were killed and
+wounded, and the captain received no less than five musket shots. He was
+the soldier that had received five wounds resisting them at Puebla
+Nueva, and he had also planned the ambuscade at Villia.
+
+While busily employed in splicing the rigging and throwing the dead
+overboard, two more sail were seen bearing down from Panama. The English
+instantly put up Spanish colours to allure them, and placed the French
+and English beneath them. As the foe drew near, they received a volley,
+and, firing hurriedly, at once fled to the frigate which they supposed
+still theirs. The frigate replied by some grenades, which sent one to
+the bottom, and the piragua boarded the other, and, finding four packs
+of halters on board, put all the crew to death in revenge. They had been
+directed to spare none but the Buccaneer surgeons, and to send troops of
+horse to cut off all that escaped in canoes. On the very next day they
+took a shallop from Panama which the president had sent to pull up an
+anchor that the adventurers had left in the bay. Only one Buccaneer was
+killed in the fight, but Captain Townley and twenty men were wounded,
+and most of these died, for the Spaniards poisoned their bullets. They
+now sent a prisoner to the president, demanding his five captives and
+medicines for the use of his own people. The messenger was also told to
+complain heavily of the massacre of the three parties at Darien.
+
+To these remonstrances the officer sent the following answer:
+"Gentlemen, I wonder that you, who should understand how to make war,
+should require those men of me that are in our custody. Your rashness
+hath something contrary to the civility wherewith you ought to treat
+those people that were in your power. If you do not use them well, God
+will perhaps be on our side." To this they returned a threat of
+beheading all their prisoners without mercy; and having done this,
+sailed at once to the isles of Pericos, fearing the Spanish fire-ships.
+The Bishop of Panama, who, they knew, had stirred up the president to
+war, sent a letter, entreating them to show mercy, saying the president
+had the king's orders to restore no prisoners, and that the Englishmen,
+having turned Roman Catholics, did not wish to leave Panama.
+
+Upon this the Buccaneers sent the president twenty Spaniards' heads in a
+canoe, threatening to kill all the rest, if the prisoners were not
+restored by the next day. Very early the next morning came the
+prisoners, four Englishmen and one Frenchman, with medicines for the
+wounded, the president leaving to their honour to give as many men as
+they chose in exchange. They at once sent a dozen of the most wounded on
+shore, accusing the president of being the murderer of the twenty they
+had killed, and threatening the death of the rest, unless 20,000 pieces
+of eight were paid for their ransom. The Spaniards at first tried to
+make it only 6000; but when the Buccaneers hung out their main flag,
+fired a gun, and prepared to enter the port, they hung out a white flag
+at a bastion, and promised the money shortly. The next day a Knight of
+Malta came in a bark with the money, and received the prisoners. While
+staying at Ottoqua to victual their ships, the Spaniards landed at night
+and murdered their Indian guides. The day after the French chased a
+provision vessel to the very guns of Panama, when the garrison hoisted
+the Burgundian flag on the bastion, and by mistake fired upon their own
+vessel, which the Buccaneers took. Putting nineteen prisoners on shore,
+they again attempted to surprise Villia, but failed, finding all the
+people in arms, and a reinforcement of 600 men newly come from Panama.
+They next took the town of St. Lorenzo, and surprising it at twilight,
+burnt it. They learned the Spaniards had orders to drive away the
+cattle from the sea-shore, to lay ambuscades, and to obtain from women
+intelligence of the Buccaneers' movements. A dreadful storm which
+overtook the fleet in the Bay of Bocca del Toro induced Lussan, with a
+naive philanthropy, to tell his readers: "If you would enter into it
+with safety, you must keep the whip of your rudder to starboard, because
+it is dangerous to keep to the east side." While here the same writer
+gives us the following trait of Flibustier manners:--"On the 25th, being
+Christmas-day, after we had, according to custom, said our prayers in
+the night, one of our quartermasters being gone ashore in order to take
+care about our eating some victuals (for our ships being careening all
+our provisions were then put out), one of our prisoners, who served us
+as cook, stabbed him with a knife in six several places, wherewith
+crying out, he was presently relieved, and the assassin punished with
+death."
+
+On the 1st of January, 1687, leaving their ships in the bay of Caldaira,
+the Buccaneers embarked 200 men in canoes and crossed to the island of
+La Cagna.
+
+Their treacherous guide, under the pretence of hiding them in a covert,
+led them into a marsh, where the mud, in the soundest places, rose above
+their middles; five men sinking up to their chins were dragged out with
+ropes tied to the mangrove branches. The men, anxious for escape, lifted
+up their guide to the top of a tree, to discover by the moonlight where
+sound land commenced. But he, once at liberty, skipped like a monkey
+from tree to tree, railing at them and deriding their helplessness. They
+spent the whole night in marching a hundred paces round this marsh, and
+groped out at daybreak, bedaubed from head to toe, with their fire-arms
+loaded with mud. "When we were in a condition," says Lussan, "to reflect
+a little upon ourselves, and that we saw 200 men in the same habit, all
+so curiously equipped, there was not one of us who forgot not his toil
+to laugh at the posture he found both himself and the rest in.
+Inveighing against their guide, they returned to their canoes, and
+proceeded two leagues up a river to an entrenchment, where they found
+the remains of two vessels the Spaniards had some time before burnt, at
+the approach of Betsharp, an English freebooter. Guided by the barking
+of dogs, they surprised the borough of Santa Catalina, and, mounting
+sixty men on horses, entered Nicoya and drove out the enemy, carrying
+off the governor's plate and movables. They found here some letters from
+the President of Panama, describing the doings of "these new Turks," how
+they had landed at places where the sea was so high that no sentinels
+had been placed, and passed through the woods like wild beasts. The
+letters stated how much the Spaniards had been astonished by the
+Buccaneer mode of attack--"briskly falling on, singing, dancing, as if
+they had been going to a feast;" they were described also as "those
+enemies of God and His saints who profane His churches and destroy His
+servants." In one battle, it says, being blocked up, "they became as mad
+dogs. Whenever these irreligious men set their feet on land they always
+win the victory."
+
+Landing at Caldaira the sentinels set fire to the savannahs, through
+which they marched to Lesparso, and towards Carthage, but retired,
+hearing of 400 men and an entrenchment. Hiding five men in the grass,
+they captured a Spanish trooper, who had reviled them, and putting him
+to the rack, laughing at his grimaces of pain, heard that Grogniet was
+in the neighbourhood, and soon after they heard cannons fired off, and
+were joined by him in three canoes.
+
+He now told them his adventures at Napalla. Three sailors, corrupted by
+the Spaniards, who had taken them prisoners, persuaded him on his return
+to visit a gold mine, fourteen leagues from the sea-shore. They luckily
+got there before the ambuscade, and took some prisoners and a few pounds
+of gold, but 450 lbs. weight had been removed an hour before. At their
+return they found the traitors and prisoners all escaped. He then landed
+at Puebla Vieja and attacked an ambuscade and entrenchment of 300 men.
+Half of these fled, half were made prisoners, and their three colours
+taken, the freebooters losing only three men. Eighty-five of his men
+then determined to visit California, and he and his sixty men to return
+to Panama. Grogniet now consented to join in the French expedition, and,
+after taking Queaquilla, to force a way to the North Sea. They landed
+and burnt Nicoya a third time, and Lussan treats us here with an amusing
+piece of Buccaneer superstition. He says, "though we were _forced_ to
+chastise the Spaniards in this manner, we showed ourselves very exact in
+the preservation of the churches, into which we carried the pictures and
+images of the saints which we found in particular houses, that they
+might not be exposed to the rage and burning of the English, who were
+not much pleased with these sorts of precautions; they being men that
+took more satisfaction and pleasure to see one church burnt than all the
+houses of America put together. But as it was our turn now to be the
+stronger party, they durst do nothing that derogated from that respect
+we bore to all those things." On their return the French had to force
+their way through burning savannahs, but got safe to their ships,
+putting next day forty prisoners on shore who were too chargeable to
+keep.
+
+A new division now arose between the English and French, and the former
+insisting on the first prize taken, the two parties again separated,
+Grogniet staying with the former: making in all 142 men, Ravenau's party
+being 162, in a frigate and long bark. Both vessels now tried to outsail
+each other and reach Queaquilla first, but the French, soon finding the
+English beat them in speed, resolved to accompany them, for they had so
+little food as to be obliged to eat only once in every forty-eight
+hours, and but for rain water would have died of thirst. Off Santa
+Helena, they gave chase to a ship, and found it to be a prize laden with
+wine and corn, lately taken by Captain David's men, for they had been
+making descents along the coast, at Pisca had beaten off 800 men from
+Lima, and had also taken a great many ships, which they pillaged and let
+go. Having got to the value of 5000 pieces of eight a man, they sailed
+for Magellan, and on the way many of the men lost all they had by
+gaming. Those who had won joined Willnett, and returned to the North
+Sea; but the losers, sixty English and twenty French, joined David, and
+determined to remain and get more spoil in the South. Henry and Samms
+had gone to the East Indies. The eight men of David's crew who commanded
+the prize joined them against Queaquilla. Furling their sails to prevent
+being seen, they anchored off the White Cape, and at ten in the morning
+embarked 260 men in their canoes. On the 15th they reached, at sunset,
+the rocky island of Santa Clara, and on the 16th rested all day, weak
+from long fasting, in the island of La Puna, escaping any detection from
+the forty sentinels. The 17th they spent on the same island, and
+arranged the attack. Captain Picard and fifty men led the forlorn hope,
+another captain and eighty grenadiers formed a reserve. Captain Grogniet
+and the main body were to make themselves masters of the town and port,
+and the English captain, George Hewit, with fifty men, were to attack
+the smaller fort; while 1000 pieces of eight were promised to the first
+ensign who should plant the colours on the great fort. They left their
+covert in the evening, and hoped to reach the town by dawn, but only
+having three hours of favourable tide, had to remain all day at the
+island, and at night rowing out, were overtaken after all by the light,
+when a sentinel seeing them, set a cottage on fire and alarmed his
+companions. Marching across a wood to the fire, they killed two of the
+Spaniards and captured a boy. Remaining in covert all day, they thought
+themselves undiscovered, because the town had not answered the fire
+signal, and at night they rowed up the river, the rapid current carrying
+them four leagues in two hours. All the 19th they spent under cover of
+an island in the river, and at night went up with the current, not
+rowing for fear of alarming the sentinels. They attempted in vain to put
+in beyond the town, on the side least guarded, but the tide going out
+forced them to land two hours before day, within cannon shot of the
+town, where they could discern the lights burning, for the Spaniards
+burnt lamps all night. They landed in a marshy place, and had to cut a
+path through the bushes with their sabres. They soon met with a
+sentinel, and were discovered by one of the men left to guard the canoes
+striking a light, against orders, to light his pipe. The sentinel,
+knowing that this was punishable by death among his countrymen,
+suspected enemies and discharged a paterero, which the fort answered by
+a discharge of all their cannon. The Buccaneers, overtaken by a storm,
+entered a large house near to light the matches of their grenades and
+wait for day, the enemy firing incessantly in defiance. On the 20th, at
+daybreak, they marched out in order, with drums beating and colours, and
+found 700 men waiting for them behind a wall, four feet and a-half high,
+and a ditch. Killing many of the Buccaneers at the onset, the enemy
+ventured to sally out, sword in hand, and were at once put to flight. In
+spite of the bridge being broken down, the pursuers crossed the ditch,
+and, getting to the foot of the wall, threw in grenades, and drove the
+enemy to their houses. Driven also from this, they fled to a redoubt in
+the Place d'Armes, and from thence, after an hour's fighting, to a third
+fort, the largest of all. Here they defended themselves a long time,
+firing continually at their enemies, who could not see them for the
+smoke. From these palisadoes they again sallied, and wounded several
+Buccaneers and took one prisoner. They at last retreated with great
+loss.
+
+The Flibustiers, weary with eleven hours' fighting, and finding their
+powder nearly spent, grew desperate; but, redoubling their efforts, with
+some loss made themselves masters of the place, having nine men killed
+and a dozen wounded. Parties were then sent out to pursue the fugitives,
+and a garrison having been put in the great fort, the Roman Catholic
+part of the band went to sing _Te Deum_ in the great church.
+
+Basil Hall describes Guayaquil as having on the one side a great marsh,
+and on the other a great river, while the country, for nearly 100 miles,
+is a continued level swamp, thickly covered with trees. The river is
+broad and deep, but full of shoals and strange turnings, the woods
+growing close to the water's edge, stand close, dark, and still, like
+two vast black walls; while along the banks the land-breeze blows hot,
+and breathes death, decay, and putrefaction.
+
+The town was walled, and the forts built on an eminence. The houses were
+built of boards and reared on piles, on account of the frequent
+inundations. The chief trade of the place was cocoa.
+
+The Buccaneers took 700 prisoners, including the governor and his
+family. He himself was wounded, as were most of his officers, who fought
+better than all the 5,000 men of the place. The place was stored with
+merchandise, precious stones, silver plate, and 70,000 pieces of eight.
+Upwards of three millions more had been hidden while the fort was
+taking. As soon as the canoes had come up, they were sent in pursuit of
+the treasure, but it was too late. They captured, however, 22,000 pieces
+of eight, and a vermilion gilt eagle, weighing 66 lbs., that had served
+as the tabernacle for some church. It was of rare workmanship, and the
+eyes were formed of two great "rocks of emeralds." There were fourteen
+barks in the port--the galleys they had fought at Puebla Nueva, and two
+royal ships unfinished on the stocks. As a ransom for all these things,
+the governor promised a million pieces of eight in gold, and 400 sacks
+of corn, requiring the vicar-general to be released to go to Quito and
+procure it.
+
+The women of the town, who were very pretty, had been assured by their
+confessors that the Buccaneers were monsters and cannibals, and had
+conceived a horror and aversion to them. "They could not be dispossessed
+thereof," says Lussan, "till they came to know us better. But then I can
+boldly say that they entertained quite different sentiments of our
+persons, and have given us frequent instances of so violent a passion as
+proceeded sometimes even to a degree of folly." As a proof of the
+calumnies circulated against the ruthless conquerors, Lussan tells us
+the following:--"It is not from a chance story," he continues, "that I
+came to know the impressions wrought in these women that we were men
+that would eat them; for the next day after the taking of the town, a
+young gentlewoman that waited upon the governor of the place, happened
+to fall into my hands. As I was carrying her away to the place where the
+rest of the prisoners were kept, and to that end made her walk before
+me, she turned back, and, with tears in her eyes, told me, in her own
+language--'Senor, pur l'amor di Dios ne mi como'--that is, 'Pray, sir,
+for the love of God, do not eat me;' whereupon I asked her who had told
+her that we were wont to eat people? She answered, 'The fathers,' who
+had also assured them that we had not human shape, but that we resembled
+monkeys."
+
+On the 21st, part of the town was accidentally burnt down by some of the
+men lighting a fire in a house, and leaving it unextinguished when they
+returned at night to the court of guard. Afraid that it would reach the
+place where they had stored their powder and merchandise, the French
+removed all the plunder to their vessels, and carried the prisoners to
+the fort; but not till all this was done endeavouring to save the town,
+a third part of which was, by this time, destroyed. Afraid the Spaniards
+might now refuse to pay the ransom, they charged them with the offence,
+threatening to send some fifty prisoners' heads if they did not pay them
+what they had lost by the fire. The enemy, surprised at this, attributed
+the incendiarism to traitors, and promised satisfaction. The stench of
+the 900 dead carcases, still lying unburied up and down the town, now
+producing a pestilence, the Buccaneers dismounted and spiked the cannon,
+and carried off the 500 prisoners to their ships, anchoring at Puna.
+Captain Grogniet died of his wounds soon after this removal. The
+Spaniards obtaining four days' further respite, and then still further
+delaying the ransom, the adventurers made the prisoners throw dice for
+their lives, and cutting off the heads of four, sent them to Queaquilla,
+threatening further deaths. They were now joined by Captain David and a
+prize he had lately taken. He was planning a descent on Paita, to obtain
+refreshments for some men wounded in a fight with a Spanish ship, the
+Catalina, off Lima. They fought for two days, David's men, being drunk,
+constantly getting to leeward, and failing twenty times in an attempt to
+board. The Spaniards, gaining courage from these failures, hoisted the
+bloody flag; but the third day, David, getting sober, got his tackle and
+rigging in good order, got properly to windward, and bore down with
+determination. The enemy in terror ran ashore, and went to pieces in two
+hours. Two men were saved by a canoe, and said that their captain had
+had his thigh shot off by a cannon ball. David's ship, wanting
+refitting, was employed to cruise in the bay to prevent surprises from
+the Spaniards. By a letter taken from a courier, they found that the
+people of Queaquilla were only endeavouring to obtain time.
+
+The Buccaneers spent thirty days on the island of La Puna, living on the
+luxurious food brought from Queaquilla, and employing the prisoners
+with lutes, theorbos, harps, and guitars, to delight them by perpetual
+concerts and serenades. Lussan says, "Some of our men grew very familiar
+with our women prisoners, who, without offering them any violence, were
+not sparing of their favours, and made appear, as I have already
+remarked, that after they came once to know us, they did not retain all
+the aversion for us that had been inculcated into them when we were
+strangers unto them. All our people were so charmed with this way of
+living that they forgot their past miseries, and thought no more of
+danger from the Spaniards than if they had been in the middle of Paris."
+
+Ravenau also treats us with his own personal love adventure, which we
+insert as a curious illustration of the vicissitudes of a South Sea
+adventurer's life. "Amongst the rest," he says, "myself had one pretty
+adventure. Among the other prisoners we had a young gentlewoman, lately
+become a widow of the treasurer of the town, who was slain when it was
+taken. Now this woman appeared so far comforted for her loss, out of an
+hard-heartedness they have in this country one for another, that she
+proposed to hide me and herself in some corner of the island till our
+people were gone, and that then she would bring me to Queaquilla to
+marry her, that she would procure me her husband's office, and vest me
+in his estate, which was very great. When I had returned her thanks for
+such obliging offers, I gave her to understand that I was afraid her
+interest had not the mastery over the Spaniards' resentments; and that
+the wounds they had received from us were yet too fresh and green for
+them easily to forget them. She went about to cure me of my suspicion,
+by procuring secretly, from the governor and chief officers, promises
+under their hands how kindly I should be used by them. I confess I was
+not a little perplexed herewith, and such pressing testimonies of
+goodwill and friendship towards me brought me, after a little
+consultation with myself, into such a quandary, that I did not know
+which side to close with; nay, I felt myself, at length, much inclined
+to close with the offers made me, and I had two powerful reasons to
+induce me thereunto, one of which was the miserable and languishing life
+we lead in those places, where we were in perpetual hazard of losing it,
+which I should be freed from by an advantageous offer of a pretty woman
+and a considerable settlement: the other proceeded from the despair I
+was in of ever being able to return into my own country, for want of
+ships fit for that purpose. But when I began to reflect upon these
+things with a little more leisure and consideration, and that I resolved
+with myself how little trust was to be given to the promises and faith
+of so perfidious as well as vindictive a nation as the Spaniards, and
+more especially towards men in our circumstances, by whom they had been
+so ill-used, this second reflection carried it against the first, and
+even all the advantages offered me by this lady. But however the matter
+was, I was resolved, in spite of the grief and tears of this pretty
+woman, to prefer the continuance of my troubles (with a ray of hope of
+seeing France again), before the perpetual suspicion I should have had
+of some treachery designed against me. Thus I rejected her proposals,
+but so as to assure her I should retain, even as long as I lived, a
+lively remembrance of her affections and good inclinations towards me."
+
+After some negotiation with a priest, the people of Queaquilla brought
+in twenty-four sacks of meal, and 20,000 pieces of eight in gold. On
+their refusing more than 22,000 pieces of eight more for ransom, a
+council was held to decide upon putting all the prisoners to death, but
+at last, Ravenau being in the majority, decided to spare them. They then
+took fifty of the richest prisoners with them to the point of St.
+Helena, and surrendered the rest on 22,000 more being paid.
+
+While at La Puna, the Buccaneers sallied out to attack two Spanish
+armadillas, but not having any piraguas to tow them to the windward,
+could only cannonade at a distance. The French vessels were much
+shattered, but no man killed. The next day they came to close fight,
+both sides using small arms and great guns, but no Buccaneer was killed.
+The Spaniards lost many men, and the blood ran out of their scupper
+holes, but they still cried at parting, "A la manana, la
+partida"--(to-morrow, again.) The next night the Buccaneers unrigged and
+sank one of their prizes, and fitted out another, manning her with
+twenty Frenchmen, who wanted to leave David. The same night four
+Spaniards seized one of the prizes, and escaped to Queaquilla. Being now
+within half cannon shot, the rival vessels pounded each other all day;
+the French had their tackle spoiled, and sails riven, and the frigate
+received five cannon-shot in the foremast, and three in the mainmast,
+but had not one man killed or wounded. The next day the Spaniards
+hoisted Burgundian colours, and poured in volleys of musket-shot, but
+neither party boarded. The ensuing day the Buccaneer musketry was so
+destructive, that the Spaniards closed their port-holes and bore up to
+the wind. That day the French received sixty shots in their sides,
+two-thirds between wind and water, the rigging was torn, and Ravenau and
+another man were wounded. At night the Spaniards failed in an attempt to
+board. We spent this night at anchor, says Lussan, to stop our cannons'
+mouths, which otherwise might have sent us into the deep. To his
+astonishment, the next morning the armadillas had fled. During these
+successive days' fighting, the governor and officers of Queaquilla had
+been brought on deck to witness the defeat of their countrymen.
+
+They then set their prisoners ashore and divided the plunder, the whole
+amounting to 500,000 pieces of eight, or 15,000,000 livres, and in
+shares to 400 pieces of eight a man. The uncoined gold and the precious
+stones being of uncertain value were sold by auction, that those who had
+silver and had won in gambling might buy. All who expected an overland
+expedition were anxious for jewels, as more portable and less heavy than
+silver. They sought now in their descent for nothing but gold and
+jewels, quite disregarding silver as a mean metal and heavy to carry.
+They even left many things in Queaquilla, and neglected to send a canoe
+for the 100 caons of coined silver (11,000 pieces of eight in all) which
+had been sent to the opposite river side. Taking advantage of their
+indifference, Spanish thieves mixed with the Buccaneers, and pillaged
+their own countrymen. They landed at Point Mangla, and surprised a watch
+of fifteen Spanish soldiers who had been placed to guard a river
+abounding in emeralds. A few days after they took a vessel from Panama
+going to Porto Bello to buy negroes off the point of Harina. The French
+fleet was next attacked by a Spanish galley and two piraguas. From a
+prisoner they heard of 300 Frenchmen, who had defeated 600 Spaniards and
+killed their leader in the savannahs. While careening in the bay of
+Mapalla they were joined by these men, who proved to be part of
+Grogniet's men, who had left their companions on the coast of Acapulco,
+refusing to go further towards California.
+
+The adventurers next landed in the Bay of Tecoantepequa, and dispersing
+a body of 300 Spaniards, drawn up upon an eminence, marched inland
+towards the town, sleeping all night in the open air. Nothing but hunger
+and despair could have induced this attack. The town was intersected by
+a great and very rapid river, encompassed by eight suburbs, and defended
+by 3000 men. The Buccaneers forded the river, the water up to their
+middles, and after an hour's fighting forced the Spaniards from their
+entrenchment. In two hours these men, enraged with hunger, took the
+place by hand-to-hand fighting, and eighty sailors then dislodged the
+enemy from the abbey of St. Francis, whose terraces commanded the town.
+Finding the river overflowing and no ransom coming, the Buccaneers
+departed the next day, and landing at Vatulco, took the old governor of
+Merida prisoner, and obtained some provisions. They also landed at
+Muemeluna and victualled, the Spaniards having strong entrenchments, but
+making little resistance. They found upon the shore the musket and dead
+body of a sailor of a frigate that had attempted to land a month before.
+The Spaniards had not seen the body, or they would have cut in pieces
+or burnt it, as they were in the habit of even digging up the Buccaneers
+buried on their shores. At Sansonnat they landed in the face of 600
+Spaniards to fill their water-casks, being faint from thirst. One of the
+men, more impatient than the rest, and goaded by four days' drought,
+swam ashore and was drowned, without any being able to help him.
+
+They now held serious councils about the return by land. The prisoners
+declared their best way was by Segovia, where they would _only_ meet
+5000 or 6000 Spaniards, and that the way was easy for the sick and
+wounded. The French determined to land and obtain more certain
+information, and this was one of the most daring of their adventures.
+They landed seventy men, and marched two days without meeting anybody,
+upon which eighteen, less weary than the rest, tramped on and soon got
+into a high road. Capturing three horsemen, they learnt that they were
+but a quarter of a league distant from Chiloteca, a little town with
+about 400 white inhabitants, besides negroes, Indians, and mulattoes,
+who were not aware of their approach. Afraid to waste time in running
+back after their companions, they entered the town, frightened the
+Spaniards, and took the Teniente and fifty others prisoners. Had there
+not been horses ready mounted, on which they made their escape, the
+enemy would, every man, have submitted to be bound, being overcome with
+a panic fear, and believing the enemy very numerous. They learned from
+the prisoners that the Panama galley lay waiting for them at Caldaira,
+and the _St. Lorenzo_, with thirty guns, at Realegua. They also said
+that 600 men would be in the town by the next day. The Spaniards now
+began to rally, and compelled the Buccaneers to entrench themselves in
+the church. The prisoners, seeing them hurry in, and thinking them hard
+pressed, ran to a pile of arms and prepared to make a resistance; but
+the Buccaneers, retreating to the doors, fired at the crowd till only
+four men and their wives were left alive. They then mounted horses and
+retreated, carrying off four prisoners of each sex, and firing at a
+herald who tried to parley. Joining their companions, whom they found
+resting at a hatto, they made a stand and drove back 600 Spaniards.
+
+The statements of the prisoners increased their fears of the overland
+route, but determining rather to die sword in hand than to pine away
+with hunger, they at once resolved upon their design. Running all the
+vessels ashore but the galley and piraguas, which would take them from
+the island to the mainland, leaving no other means of escape to the
+timorous, they formed four companies of seventy men, choosing ten men
+from each as a forlorn hope, to be relieved every morning. Those who
+were lamed were to have, as formerly, 1000 pieces of eight, the horses
+were to be kept for the crippled and wounded. The stragglers who were
+wounded were to have no reward, whilst violence, cowardice, and
+drunkenness were to be punished. While maturing their plans, a Spanish
+vessel approached, and anchoring, began to fire at the grounded vessels,
+and soon put them out of a condition to sail. Afraid of losing their
+piraguas, the Buccaneers sent their prisoners and baggage to some flats
+behind the island. The next day, the Frenchmen, sheltering themselves
+behind the rocks that ran out to the sea, kept the vessel at a distance;
+but now afraid of total destruction, the Buccaneers sent 100 men to the
+continent at night to secure horses, and wait for them at a certain
+port. On the next day, the Spanish ship took fire, and put out to sea to
+extinguish the flames. The next day the Buccaneers escaped by a
+stratagem. Having spent the whole night in hammering the vessel, as if
+careening, to prevent all suspicion of their departure, they charged all
+their guns, grenades, and four pieces of cannon, and tied to them pieces
+of lighted matches of various lengths, in order to keep up an alarm
+throughout the night. In the twilight they departed as secretly as they
+could, the prisoners carrying the surgeons' medicines, the carpenters'
+tools, and the wounded men.
+
+On the 1st of January, 1688, the Buccaneers arrived on the continent. On
+the evening of the same day the men joined them with sixty-eight horses
+and several prisoners, all of whom dissuaded them in vain from
+attempting to go by Segovia, where the Spaniards were fully alarmed. The
+men, nothing deterred, packed up each his charge, and thrust their
+silver and ammunition into bags. Those who had too much to carry, gave
+it to those who had lost theirs by gaming, promising them half "in case
+it should please God to bring them safe to the North Sea." Ravenau de
+Lussan tells us his charge was lighter but not less valuable than the
+others, as he had converted 30,000 pieces of eight into pearls and
+precious stones. "But as the best part of this," he says, "was the
+product of luck I had at play, some of those who had been losers, as
+well in playing against me as others, becoming much discontented at
+their losses, plotted together to the number of seventeen or eighteen,
+to murder those who were richest amongst us. I was so happy as to be
+timely advertised of it by some friends, which did not a little disquiet
+my mind, for it was a very difficult task for a man, during so long a
+journey, to be able to secure himself from being surprised by those who
+were continually in the same company, and with whom we must eat, drink,
+and sleep, and who could cut off whom they pleased of us in the
+conflicts they might have with the Spaniards, by shooting us in the
+hurry." To frustrate this scheme, Ravenau therefore divided his treasure
+among several men, and by this means removed a weight both from his mind
+and body.
+
+On the 2nd of January, after having said prayers and sunk their boats,
+the Buccaneers set out, resting at noon at a hatto. On the 4th they lay
+on a mountain plateau, the Spaniards visible on their flanks and rear.
+On the 5th the barricades began, and on the 6th, at an estantia, they
+found the following letter lying on a bed in the hall: "We are very glad
+that you have made choice of our province for your passage homewards,
+but are sorry you are not better laden with silver; however, if you have
+occasion for mules we will send them to you. We hope to have the French
+General Grogniet very quickly in our power, so we will leave you to
+judge what will become of his soldiers."
+
+On the 7th the vanguard drove off an ambuscade, and lay that evening in
+a hatto. The Spaniards burnt all the provisions in the way, and set fire
+to the savannahs to windward, stifling the French horses with smoke and
+scaring them with the blaze. While their march was thus retarded and
+they waited for the fire to burn out, the enemy threw up intrenchments
+and erected barricades of trees. On the 8th the French set fire to a
+house at a sugar plantation, and, hiding till the Spaniards came to put
+it out, captured a prisoner, who told them that 300 auxiliaries were on
+the march to meet them. "These 300 men," says Lussan, "were our
+continual guard, for they gave us morning and evening the diversion of
+their trumpets, but it was like the _music of the enchanted palace of
+Psyche_, who heard it without seeing the musicians, for ours marched on
+each side of us, in places so covered with pine trees that it was
+impossible to perceive them."
+
+During this march the Buccaneers never encamped but upon high ground, or
+in the open savannah, for fear of being hemmed in.
+
+The advanced guard was now strengthened by forty men, who discharged
+their muskets at the entries and avenues of woods, to dislodge the
+ambuscades, but they did not shoot when the plain was open and free from
+wood; although the Spaniards, who were lying on their bellies on each
+side of them, opened their fire and killed two stragglers. On the 10th
+they repulsed an ambuscade and captured some horses. On the 11th they
+dispersed another ambuscade, and entered Segovia, but all the provisions
+had been burnt, and the Spaniards fired upon them from among the pine
+trees that grew on the hills around the town. Fortunately at this spot,
+where the old guides grew uncertain of the way, they captured a new
+prisoner, who led them twenty leagues to the river they were in search
+of.
+
+The road now grew wilder, and dangers thickened around them. They had to
+creep with great danger to the tops of great mountains, or to bury
+themselves in narrow and dark valleys. The cold grew intense, and the
+fogs lasted for some hours after daybreak. In the plains no chill was
+felt, but the same heat that prevailed on the mountains after noon.
+"But," says Lussan, "the hopes of getting once more into our native
+country made us endure patiently all these toils, and served as so many
+wings to carry us."
+
+On the 12th, they ascended several mountains, and had incredible trouble
+to clear the road of the Spanish barricades, and all night long the
+enemy fired into their camp. On the 18th, an hour before sunrise, they
+ascended an eminence which seemed advantageous for an encampment, and
+saw on the edge of an eminence, separated from them by a narrow valley,
+what they believed to be cattle feeding.
+
+Rejoiced at the prospect of food, forty men were sent to reconnoitre.
+They returned with the dismal intelligence that the supposed oxen were
+really troopers' horses ready saddled, and that the mountain on which
+they stood was encircled by three intrenchments, rising one above
+another, commanding a stream that ran through the valley. They had no
+other way but this to pass, and there was no possibility of avoiding it.
+They added, that one of the Spaniards had seen them, and shook his naked
+cutlass at them from a distance. Every man's heart fell at this news,
+and their pining appetite sickened at the loss of its expected meal.
+There was no time for delay, for the Spaniards from the adjacent
+provinces were gathering in their rear, and if any time was lost they
+must be surrounded and overpowered by numbers. Ravenau de Lussan, the
+Xenophon of this retreat, did not attempt to conceal the extent of the
+danger. He confesses himself that they were hard put to it, and that
+escape would have seemed impossible to any other men but to those who
+had been hitherto successful in almost every undertaking. He addressed
+his companions, and artfully persuaded them to agree to his plans, by
+first elaborating the extent of their difficulties. He said that 10,000
+men could not force their way through such intrenchments, guarded by so
+many men as the Spaniards had, judging from the number of their horses.
+Nor could they pass by the side of it, with all their horses and
+baggage, seeing that the path could only be entered in single file.
+Except the road, all was a thick, pathless forest, full of quagmires,
+and encumbered by fallen trees; and even if these impediments were
+passed, the Spaniards would have still to be fought with. The Buccaneers
+agreed to these as truisms, but cried out that it was to no purpose to
+talk of difficulties so apparent, without proposing some method of
+surmounting them, and suggesting some means for its execution. Upon this
+hint De Lussan spoke. He proposed to cross those woods, precipices,
+mountains, and rocks, how inaccessible soever they seemed, and gaining
+the weather-gauge of the enemy, take them at once in the rear, suddenly
+and unexpectedly. The success of this plan he would answer for at the
+peril of his life. The prisoners, horses, and baggage he resolved to
+leave guarded by eighty men, to keep off the 300 Spaniards who hovered
+around them at day and at night, encamped at a musket-shot distance.
+These eighty men could answer for four times as many Spaniards. After
+some deliberation, De Lussan's plan was agreed to, and the execution at
+once resolved upon. Examining the mountain carefully with the keen eyes
+of both hunters and sailors, they could see a road winding along the
+side of the mountain, above the highest intrenchment. This they could
+only trace here and there by light spots visible between the trees, but
+once across this they were safe. Full of hope, and with every faculty
+aroused, some of the men were sent to a spot higher than the main body,
+to cover another party who had on previous occasions proved themselves
+ingenious and expert, and who were sent to pick out the safest and most
+direct spots by which they could get in the rear of the enemy before day
+broke. As soon as these scouts returned the men made ready for their
+departure, leaving their baggage guarded by eighty men. To prevent
+suspicion, the officer in command had orders to make every sentinel he
+set or relieved in the night-time fire his fusil and to beat his drum at
+the usual hour. He was told that if God gave them the victory they would
+send a party to bring him off, but that if an hour after all firing
+ceased they saw no messenger, they were to provide for their own safety.
+
+The immediate narrative of this wonderful escape we give in De Lussan's
+own words:--"Things being thus disposed," he says, "we said our prayers
+as low as we could, that the Spaniards might not hear us, from whom we
+were separated but by the valley. At the same time, we set forward to
+the number of 200 men by moonlight, it being now an hour within night;
+and about one more after our departure we heard the Spaniards also at
+their prayers, who, knowing we were encamped very near them, fired about
+600 muskets in the air to frighten us. Besides, they also made a
+discharge at all the responses of the litany which they sang. We still
+pursued our march, and spent the whole night (in going down and then
+getting up) to advance half a-quarter of a league, which was the
+distance between them and us, through a country, as I have already said,
+so full of rocks, mountains, woods, and frightful precipices, that our
+posteriors and knees were of more use to us than our legs, it being
+impossible for us to travel thither otherwise. On the 14th, by break of
+day, as we got over the most dangerous parts of this passage, and had
+already seized upon a considerable ascent of the mountain by clambering
+up in great silence, and leaving the Spaniards' retrenchments to our
+left, we saw their party that went the rounds, who, thanks to the fogs,
+did not discover us. As soon as they were gone by, we went directly to
+the place where we saw them, and found it to be exactly the road we were
+minded to seize on. When we had made a halt for about half an hour to
+take breath, and that we had a little daylight to facilitate our march,
+we followed this road by the voice of the Spaniards, who were at their
+morning prayers, and we were but just beginning our march, when,
+unfortunately, we met with two out-sentinels, on whom we were forced to
+fire, and this gave the Spaniards notice, who thought of nothing less
+than to see us come down from above them upon their intrenchments, since
+they expected us no other way than from below; so that those who had
+the guard thereof, and were in number about 500 men, finding themselves
+on the outside, when they thought they had been within, and consequently
+open without any covert, took the alarm so hot, that falling all on them
+at the same time, we made them quit the place in a moment, and make
+their escape by the favour of the fog."
+
+The sequel is soon told. The defenders of the two first lines of wall
+drew up outside the lowermost, the Buccaneers firing at them for an hour
+under cover of the first intrenchment. But finding they gave no ground,
+and thinking the fog interfered with the aim, the French rushed forward
+and fell upon them with the butt ends of their muskets, till they fled
+headlong down the narrow road. Here they got entangled in their own
+impediments, and the Buccaneers, commanding the road from the redoubt,
+killed an enemy at every shot. Weary at last of running and killing, the
+French returned to the intrenchments and drove off the 500 Spaniards,
+who had now rallied, and were attacking the garrison. The pursuit ceased
+only from the fatigue of the conquerors and their weariness of
+slaughter. The Spaniards neither gave nor took quarter, and were saved
+in spite of themselves. De Lussan says, either from pride or a natural
+fierceness of temper, the Spanish soldiers, before an engagement,
+frequently took an oath to their commander neither to give nor receive
+quarter. The Buccaneers, struck with compassion at the quantity of blood
+running into the rivulet, spared the survivors, and returned a second
+time into the intrenchment with only one man killed and two wounded. The
+Spaniards lost their general, a brave old Walloon officer, who had given
+them the plan of their intrenchment. It was only at the solicitation of
+another commander that the rounds had been set, and the sentinels placed
+at the top of the mountain. The general had consented, but said there
+was no danger if the French were only men. It would take them eight days
+to climb up, and if they were devils, no intrenchment could keep them
+out. In his pocket were found letters from the Governor of Costa Rica,
+who had intended to send him 8000 men, but the Walloon asked for only
+1500. He advised him to take care of his soldiers, as no glory could be
+gained by such a victory. The letter concluded thus:--"Take good
+measures, for those devils have a cunning and subtlety that is not in
+use amongst us. When you find them advance within the shot of your
+arquebuses, let not your men fire but by twenties, to the end your
+firing may not be in vain; and when you find them weakened, raise a
+shout to frighten them, and fall on with your swords, while Don Rodrigo
+attacks them in the rear. I hope God will favour our designs, since they
+are no other than for his glory, and the destruction of these new sort
+of Turks. Hearten up your men, though they may have enough of that
+according to your example they shall be rewarded in heaven, and if they
+get the better, they will have gold and silver enough wherewith these
+thieves are laden."
+
+Having sung a _Te Deum_ of thankfulness to God, Ravenau de Lussan
+mounted sixty men upon horseback, as he words it, "to give notice to our
+other people of the success the Almighty was pleased to give us." They
+found them about to attack the 300 Spaniards, who seeing the night-march
+the main body had made, and believing them defeated at the
+intrenchments, had sent an officer to parley with the residue. He told
+them that the 1500 Spaniards were lying ready to surround their troops,
+but promised them good terms if they surrendered; saying that, by the
+intercessions of the almoner, and for the honour of the holy sacrament
+and glorious Virgin, they had spared all the prisoners they had hitherto
+taken. The Buccaneers, somewhat intimidated at these threats, took heart
+when they saw their companions coming, and returned the following fierce
+answer: "Though you had force enough to destroy two-thirds of our
+number, we should not fail to fight with the remaining part; yea, though
+there were but one man of us left, he should fight against you all. When
+we put ashore and left the South Sea, we all resolved to pass through
+your country or die in the attempt; and though there were as many
+Spaniards as there are blades of grass in the savannah, we should not be
+afraid, but would go on and go where we will in spite of your teeth."
+The officer at Ravenau's arrival was just being dismissed, and seeing
+the new allies were booted and mounted on Spanish horses, he shrugged up
+his shoulders and rode back as fast as he could to his comrades, who
+were not more than a musket-shot off upon a small eminence commanding
+the camp, to tell them the news. As soon almost as he could get to them,
+the Buccaneers advanced with pistols and cutlasses, and without firing
+fell on them and cut many to pieces before they could mount, but let the
+rest go, detaining their horses. They then, with the loss of one killed
+and two maimed, rejoined the main body at the intrenchments.
+
+The enemy now lit a fire upon the top of a neighbouring mountain to
+collect the scattered troops, in order to defend an intrenchment six
+leagues distant; but the Buccaneers lying in wait cut off their passage,
+then hamstringing 900 horses, took 900 others to kill and salt when
+they arrived at the river. On the 15th they passed the intrenchment
+unfinished and undefended, and on the 16th day came very joyfully to the
+long desired river. Immediately they entered into the woods that covered
+the banks, and fell to work in good earnest to cut down trees and build
+"piperies," or rafts. These were made of four or five trunks of the
+mahot trees, a light buoyant wood, which they first barked and then
+bound together with parasite creepers, which were tough and of great
+length. Two men, generally standing upright, guided each of these frail
+barks, the decks sunk two or three feet under water. They were built
+purposely narrow, to be able to thread the rocky passes of the river
+even then in sight. These rafts were dragged to the river-side and then
+launched, the boatmen having furnished themselves with long poles to
+push them off the rocks, against which they were sure the current would
+drive them. De Lussan, who never exaggerates a danger, cannot find words
+to express the terrors of this stream. "It springs," he says, "in the
+mountains of Segovia, and discharges itself into the North Sea at Cape
+Gracias a Dios, after having run a long way, in a most rapid manner,
+across a vast number of rocks of a prodigious bigness, and by the most
+frightful precipices that can be thought of, besides a great many falls
+of water, to the number of at least a hundred of all sorts, which it is
+impossible for a man to look on without trembling, and making the head
+of the most fearless to turn round, when he sees and hears the waters
+fall from such a height into those tremendous whirlpools."
+
+To this dangerous river and its merciless falls, these way-worn men
+trusted themselves on frail rafts, and sank up to their middles in
+water. Sometimes they were hurried, in spite of all their resistance,
+into boiling pools, where they were buried with their rafts in the
+darkness beneath the foam, at others drifted under rocks and against
+fallen trees. Some tied themselves to their barks. "As for those great
+falls," says Lussan, "they had, to our good fortunes, at their entrances
+and goings out, great basins of still water, which gave us the
+opportunity to get upon the banks of the river, and draw our piperies
+ashore to take off those things we had laid on them, which were as wet
+as we were. These we carried with us, leaping from rock to rock, till we
+came to the end of the fall, from whence one of us afterwards returned
+to put our pipery into the water, and let her swim along to him who
+waited for her below. But if he failed to catch hold (by swimming) of
+those pieces of wood before they got out of the basin below, the
+violence of the stream would carry them away to rights, and the men were
+necessitated to go and pick out trees to make another."
+
+The rafts at first went all together for the sake of mutual assistance;
+but at the end of three days, finding this dangerous, Ravenau de Lussan
+advised their going in a line apart, so that, if any were carried
+against the rocks, they might get off before the next pipery arrived,
+which at first occasioned many disasters. De Lussan, being himself cast
+away, found much safety in this plan; for, uncording his raft, he
+straddled upon one piece and his companion upon another, and floated
+down, till, reaching a place less rapid, they got on land and
+reconstructed the raft. By his advice, those who went first put up flags
+at the end of long poles, to give notice on which side to land, not to
+signal the falls, for their roar could be clearly heard a league off.
+
+During all these dangers the men lived on the bananas that they found
+growing by the river side, some of which the Indians had sown, and
+others floated down and self-planted during the inundations. The
+horse-flesh they had brought the water had spoiled, compelling them to
+throw it away after two days; and although game abounded on the land,
+they could kill none, for their arms were continually wet and their
+ammunition all damaged.
+
+It was at this crisis the conspirators we have before mentioned chose to
+carry out their cruel plot. Hiding behind some rocks, they killed and
+plundered five Englishmen, who were known to be rich. Lussan whose raft
+came last of all, and followed the English float, found their bodies,
+and thanked God he had given others his treasure to carry. When the
+Buccaneers were all met together, lower down the river, Lussan told them
+of the murder, of which they had not heard, but the murderers were seen
+no more. On the 20th of February the river grew wider, slower, and
+deeper, the falls ceased, but the stream was encumbered with trees and
+bamboos, drifted together by the floods. These snags frequently
+overturned the rafts, but the water being, though deeper, much slower,
+none were drowned. Some leagues further, the stream became gentle and
+free from all impediment, and they determined for the next sixty leagues
+to the sea to build canoes. Dividing themselves into parties of sixty
+men, they landed and cut down mapou trees, and, working with wonderful
+diligence, built four canoes by the first of March. Leaving 140 men
+still working, 120 embarked, eager for home, ease, and rest. The
+English, too impatient to make canoes, had long since reached the
+sea-shore in their piperies. They here met a Jamaica boat lying at
+anchor, and attempted to persuade the captain to return, and obtain
+leave for them to land, as they had no commission. The captain refused
+to go without receiving L6000 in advance, which they could not afford,
+as many of them had lost all by the upsetting of the piperies. The
+sailors, therefore, resolved to remain with the friendly Mosquito
+Indians, who dwelt about the mouth of this river, and to whom they had
+often brought trinkets from Jamaica. The English, unable to buy the
+boat, determined to send word to the French, hoping to get to St.
+Domingo by their aid. Two Mosquito Indians were despatched in a canoe,
+forty leagues up the river, to bring down forty Frenchmen, as the vessel
+was small and short of provision, and could not hold more. But, in spite
+of all this, 120, instead of forty, hurried down to get on board,
+waiting five days for the ship that had gone to the Isle of Pearls.
+Great was the delight of the French to pass Cape Gracias a Dios, and
+enter the North Sea.
+
+The Mulattoes that lived on this cape, Lussan says, were descended from
+the crew of a negro vessel, lost on a shoal. They slept in holes dug in
+the sand, to avoid the mosquitoes, which stung them till they appeared
+like lepers. Lussan speaks much of the fiery darts of this mischievous
+insect. He says, "It is no small pain to be attacked with them, for,
+besides that they caused us to lose our rest at night, it was then that
+we were forced to go naked for want of shirts, when the troublesomeness
+of these animals made us run into despair and such a rage as set us
+beside ourselves." At last the longed-for vessel arrived, and,
+regardless of lots that had been drawn, fifty of the more vigilant,
+including Lussan, crowded in, one on the top of the other, and instantly
+weighed anchor, engaging the master for forty pieces of eight a head to
+take them to St. Domingo, afraid of venturing to Jamaica. At Cuba they
+landed, and surprising some hunters, compelled them to sell them food,
+uncertain whether France and Spain were at war or peace.
+
+On the 4th of April they rode at anchor at Petit Guaves, hoping to hear
+news from France. De Lussan relates a curious instance here of the
+effect of habit and instinctive imagination. "There were some of our
+people," he says, "so infatuated with the long miseries we had suffered,
+that they thought of nothing else but the Spaniards, insomuch that, when
+from the deck they saw some horsemen riding along the sea-side, they
+flew to arms to fire upon them, as imagining they were enemies, though
+we assured them we were now come among those of our own nation." De
+Lussan, at once going on shore, demanded of Mons. Dumas, the King's
+lieutenant, in the Governor Mons. de Cussy's absence, indemnity and
+protection, by favour of an amnesty granted by the French king to those
+who, in remote places, had continued to make war on the Spaniards, not
+hearing of the peace that had been concluded between the two nations.
+
+De Lussan relates with much unpretending pathos the feelings of himself
+and his Ulyssean friends upon once more landing in a friendly country.
+"When we all were got ashore," he says, "to a people that spoke French,
+we could not forbear shedding tears for joy that, after we had run so
+many hazards, dangers, and perils, it had pleased the Almighty Maker of
+the earth and seas to grant a deliverance, and bring us back to those of
+our own nation, that at length we may return without any more ado to our
+own country; whereunto I cannot but further add, that, for my own part,
+I had so little hopes of ever getting back, that I could not, for the
+space of fifteen days, take my return for any other than an illusion,
+and it proceeded so far with me, that I shunned sleep, for fear when I
+awaked I should find myself again in those countries out of which I was
+now safely delivered."
+
+From the preface to De Lussan's book, we learn that he returned to
+Dieppe, with letters of introduction from De Cussy, the Governor of
+Tortuga and St. Domingo, to Mons. de Lubert, Treasurer-General of Marine
+in France. Of the end of this brave man we know nothing. He had many
+requisites for a great general.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE LAST OF THE BUCCANEERS.
+
+ Sieur de Montauban--Wonderful escape from an explosion--Life in
+ Africa--Laurence de Graff--His victories--Enters French
+ service--Treachery--Buccaneers join in French expedition and take
+ Carthagena--Buccaneer sharpshooters--Treachery of French--Buccaneers
+ return and retake the city--Captured in return by English and Dutch
+ fleets--1698--Buccaneers wrecked with French--Grammont takes
+ Santiago--Sacks Maracaibo, Gibraltar, and Torilla--Lands at
+ Cumana--Enters French service--Lost in his last cruise.
+
+
+Of all the motley characters of Buccaneer history, Montauban appears one
+of the most extraordinary. His friends describe him to have been as
+prudent as he was brave, blunt and sincere, relating his own adventures
+with a free and generous air that convinced the hearer of their truth,
+and at last consenting to write his story, not from ostentation, but
+from the simple desire of giving a French minister of state a narrative
+of his campaigns. He is interesting to us as the latest known Buccaneer,
+and in strict parlance he can scarcely be classed as a Buccaneer at all,
+attacking the English as he did more than the Spanish, and not confining
+his cruises to the Spanish main.
+
+He begins his book with great _naivete_ thus: "Since I have so often
+felt the malignant influence of those stars that preside over the seas,
+and by an adverse fortune lost all that wealth which with so much care
+and trouble I had amassed together, I should take no manner of pleasure
+in this place to call to mind the misfortunes that befel me before the
+conclusion of the last campaign, had not a desire of serving still both
+the public and particular persons, as well as to let his majesty know
+the affection and weddedness I have always had for his service, made me
+take pen in hand to give Mons. de Phelipeaux an account of such
+observations as I have made; wherein he may also find with what
+eagerness I have penetrated to the remotest colonies of our enemies, in
+order to destroy them and ruin their trade. I was not willing to swell
+up this relation with an account of all the voyages I have made, and all
+the particular adventures that have befallen me on the coasts of New
+Spain, Carthagena, Mexico, Florida, and Cape Verd, which last place I
+had been at twenty years ago, having begun to use the seas at the age of
+sixteen." He goes on to say that he will not stop to relate how, in
+1691, in a ship called the _Machine_, he ravaged the coasts of New
+Guinea, and, entering the great Serelion, took a fort from the English
+and split twenty-four pieces of cannon, but will confine himself simply
+to his last voyage; "Some information," he says, "having been given
+thereof, by the noise made in France and elsewhere of the burning my
+ship, and the terrible crack it made in the air."
+
+In the year 1694, having ravaged the coast of Caracca, he went towards
+St. Croix, to watch for some merchant ships and a fleet expected from
+Barbadoes and Nevis, bound for England. Sailing towards the Bermudas,
+expecting good booty, he saw them coming towards him without any
+apprehension of danger. He at once attacked the convoy (_The Wolf_), and
+took her and two merchant ships laden with sugar, the rest escaping
+during the fight. Returning with his prizes to France, he captured an
+English ship of sixteen guns from Spain and bound for England, which
+surrendered after a short fight. This last vessel he took to Rochelle
+and sold it, the Admiralty declaring it good prize; the last he took to
+Bordeaux and sold to the merchants. Here abandoning themselves to
+pleasure after a long abstinence, many of his men deserted him, and he
+supplied their place with youths from the town, who soon became as
+expert as veterans. "I made it," he says, "my continual care and
+business to teach my men to shoot, and my so frequent exercising of them
+rendered them in a short time as capable of shooting and handling their
+arms as the oldest sea freebooters, or the best fowlers by land."
+
+Re-victualling his ship, that carried only thirty-four guns, he left
+Bordeaux in February, 1695, to cruise on the coast of Guinea. From the
+Azores he passed the Canary Islands, and sailed for fourteen days in
+sight of Teneriffe, in hopes of meeting some Dutch vessels, that after
+all escaped him, and at the Cape de Verd Islands he pursued two English
+interlopers of thirty guns each, who left behind in the roads their
+anchors and shallops. He then went in search of a Dutch guard-ship, of
+thirty-four guns, along the neighbouring coast. Decoying the foe by
+showing Dutch colours, he waited till he got within cannon shot,
+hoisting the French flag, gave her a signal to strike, and then
+exchanged broadsides. They fought from early morning till four in the
+afternoon, without Montauban being able to get the weather-gauge, or
+approach near enough to use his chief arms--his fusils. Taking advantage
+of a favourable wind, the Dutchman then anchored under the fort of the
+Cape of Three-points, where two other Dutch men-of-war lay, one of
+fourteen and the other of twenty-eight guns. Thinking the three vessels
+had leagued to fight him, Montauban anchored within a league of the
+shore, hoping to provoke them out by continued insults, but the
+guard-ship, already much mauled, would not move. This vessel, he found
+afterwards, had driven away a French flute. At Cape St. John he took
+with little difficulty an English ship of twenty guns, carrying 350
+negroes, and much wax and elephants' teeth. The English captain had
+killed some of his blacks in a mutiny, and others had escaped in the
+shallop, which they stole. At Prince's Isle he took a small Bradenburg
+caper (a pirate), mounted with eight pieces of cannon, and carrying
+sixty men. He then put into port to careen, and sent his prize to St.
+Domingo to be condemned and sold, putting the Sieur de Nave and a crew
+on board, but the ship was taken by some English men-of-war before
+Little Goara. To keep his men employed during the careening, Montauban
+fitted up the caper, and with ninety men cruised for six weeks without
+success, and, then putting into the Isle of St. Thomas, trucked the
+prize for provisions, and started for the coasts of Angola, hearing
+that three English men-of-war and a fire-ship were fitting out against
+him at Guinea. On his way he chased a Dutch interloper, laden with 150
+pounds of gold dust, but she ran ashore on the Isle of St. Omer and fell
+to pieces.
+
+When approaching the coasts of Angola, and not far from the port of
+Cabinda, he saw an English vessel of fifty-four guns bearing down upon
+him. To decoy her Montauban hung out Dutch colours, while the English
+fired guns, as a signal of friendship. The Frenchman, pretending to
+wait, sailed slow, as if heavy laden or encumbered for want of sails and
+men. "We kept in this manner," writes the privateersman, "from break of
+day till ten in the forenoon. He gave me a gun from time to time without
+ball, to assure me of what he was, but finding at last I did not answer
+him on my part in the same manner, he gave me one again with ball, which
+made me presently put up French colours, and answer him with another.
+Hereupon the English captain, without any more ado, gave me two
+broadsides, which I received without returning him one again, though he
+had killed me seven men; for I was in hopes, if I could have got
+something nearer to him, to put him out of condition ever to get away
+from me. I endeavoured to come within a fusil shot of him and was
+desirous to give him an opportunity to show his courage in boarding me,
+since I could not so well do the same by him, as being to the leeward.
+At last being come by degrees nearer, and finding him within the reach
+of my fusils, which for that end I kept concealed upon the deck from his
+sight, they were discharged upon him, and my men continued to make so
+great a fire with them, that the enemy on their part began quickly to
+flag. In the mean time, as their ship's crew consisted of above 300 men
+and that they saw their cannon could not do their work for them, they
+resolved to board us, which they did with a great shout and terrible
+threatenings of giving no quarter, if we did not surrender. Their
+grappling-irons failing to catch the stern of my ship, made theirs run
+in such a manner, that their stern ran upon my boltsprit and broke it.
+Having observed my enemy thus encumbered, my men plied them briskly with
+their small shot, and made so terrible a fire upon them for an hour and
+a-half, that being unable to resist any longer, and having lost a great
+many men, they left the sport and ran down between decks, and I saw them
+presently after make signals with their hats of crying out for quarter.
+I caused my men therefore to give over their firing, and commanded the
+English to embark in their shallops and come on board of me, while I
+made some of my crew at the same time leap into the enemy's ship and
+seize her, and so prevent any surprise from them. I already rejoiced
+within myself for the taking of such a considerable prize, and so much
+the more in that I hoped that after having taken this vessel, that was
+the guard-ship of Angola, and the largest the English had in those seas,
+I should find myself in a condition still to take better prizes, and
+attack any man-of-war I should meet with. My ship's crew were also as
+joyful as myself, and did the work they were engaged in with a great
+deal of pleasure; but the enemy's powder suddenly taking fire, by the
+means of a match the captain had left burning on purpose, as hoping he
+might escape with his two shallops, blew both the ships into the air,
+_and made the most horrible crack that was ever heard_. It is impossible
+to set forth this horrid spectacle to the life; the spectators
+themselves were the actors of this bloody scene, _not knowing whether
+they saw it or not_, and not being able to judge of that which
+themselves felt. Wherefore leaving the reader to imagine the horror
+which the blowing up of two ships above 200 fathoms into the air must
+work in us, where there was formed as it were a mountain of water, fire,
+wreck of the ships, cordages, cannon, men, and a most horrible clap
+made, what with the cannon that went off in the air, and the waves of
+the sea that were tossed up thither, to which we may add the cracking of
+masts and boards, the rending of the sails and ropes, the cries of men,
+and the breaking of bones--I say, leaving these things to the
+imagination of the reader, I shall only take notice of what befell
+myself, and by what good fortune it was that I escaped.
+
+"When the fire first began I was upon the fore-deck of my own ship,
+where I gave the necessary orders. Now I was carried up on part of the
+said deck so high, that I fancy it was the height alone prevented my
+being involved in the wreck of the ships, where I must infallibly have
+perished, and been cut into a thousand pieces. I fell back into the sea
+(_you may be sure giddy-headed enough_), and continued a long time under
+water, without being able to get up to the surface of it. At last
+falling into a debate with the water, as a person who was afraid of
+being drowned, I got upon the face of it, and laid hold of a broken
+piece of a mast that I found near. I called to some of my men whom I saw
+swimming round about me, and exhorted them to take courage, hoping we
+might yet save our lives, if we could light upon any one of our
+shallops. But what afflicted me more than my very misfortune, was to see
+two half bodies, who had still somewhat of life remaining in them, from
+time to time mount up to the face of the water, and leave the place
+where they remained all dyed with blood. It was also much the same thing
+to see round about a vast number of members and scattered parts of men's
+bodies, and most of them spitted upon splinters of wood. At last one of
+my men, having met with a whole shallop among all the wreck, that swam
+up and down upon the water, came to tell me that we must endeavour to
+stop some holes therein, and to take out the canoe that lay on board
+her.
+
+"We got, to the number of fifteen or sixteen of us who had escaped, near
+unto this shallop, every man upon his piece of wood, and took the pains
+to loosen our canoe, which at length we effected. We went all on board
+her, and after we had got in saved our chief gunner, who in the fight
+had had his leg broke. We took up three or four oars, or pieces of
+board, which served us to that purpose, and when we had done that we
+sought out for somewhat to make a sail and a little mast, and, having
+fitted up all things as well as we possibly could, committed ourselves
+to the Divine Providence, who alone could give us life and deliverance.
+As soon as I had done working I found myself all over besmeared with
+blood, that ran from a wound I had received on my head at the time of my
+fall. We made some lint out of my handkerchief, and a fillet to bind it
+withal out of my shirt, after I had first washed the wound with urine.
+The same thing was done to the rest that had been wounded, and our
+shallop in the meanwhile sailed along without our knowing where we were
+going, and, what was still more sad, without victuals, and we had
+already spent three days without either eating or drinking. One of our
+men, being greatly afflicted with hunger and thirst at the same time,
+drank so much salt water that he died of it." Most of the men vomited
+continually, Montauban's body swelled, and he was finally cured of his
+dropsy by a quartan-ague. All his hair and one side of his face and body
+were burnt with powder, and he bled as "bombardiers do at sea," at the
+nose, ears, and mouth.
+
+But this was no time, he says manfully, for a consultation of
+physicians, while they were dying of hunger, so leaving the English,
+they forced their way over the bar of Carthersna, an adverse wind
+preventing their landing at the port of Cabinda. Here they found some
+oysters sticking to the trees that grew round a pond, and opening them
+with their clasp knives, which they lent, Montauban says, "charitably
+and readily to each other," they made a lusty meal.
+
+Having spent two days there, they divided into three small companies,
+and went up the country, but could find no houses, and see nothing but
+herds of buffaloes that fled from them. On reaching Cape Corsa they
+found negroes assembled to furnish ships with wood and water in exchange
+for brandy, knives, and hatchets.
+
+Montauban, who had often traded in these parts, knew several of the
+natives, and tried to make them believe he was the man he represented;
+but disfigured as he was by his late misfortune, they considered him an
+impostor. In their own language he told them he was dying of famine,
+but could get nothing but a few bananas to eat.
+
+He then desired them to carry him and his men to Prince Thomas, the son
+to the king of that country, upon whom he had conferred many favours.
+But the Prince refused to recognize him, till he showed him the scar of
+a wound in his thigh which he had once seen when they bathed together.
+On seeing this the Prince rose and embraced him; commanded victuals to
+be given to his men; expressed his sorrow for their misfortunes; and
+quartered them among his negro lords. Montauban he kept at his own
+expense, and made him eat at his own table. In a few days he took him
+some leagues up the country in a canoe, to see the king his father, who
+ruled over a village of 300 huts among the marshes. The high priest was
+just dead, and during the funeral ceremonies, lasting for seven days,
+Montauban was regaled with elephant's flesh. The king he found
+surrounded by women, and guarded by negroes armed with lances and
+fusils. Flags, trumpets, and drums preceded this monarch of a realm of
+hunters, who was himself clothed in a robe of white and blue striped
+cotton. The black prince shook the French captain by the hand, being the
+first man whose hand he had ever thus honoured. He asked many questions
+about his brother of France, and when he heard that he sometimes waged
+war with England and Holland singlehanded, and sometimes with Germany
+and Spain, the king expressed himself pleased, and, calling for palm
+wine, said he would drink the French king's health, and as he drank the
+drums and trumpets sounded, just as they do in Hamlet, and the negro
+guard discharged their pieces. Prince Thomas then asked the name of the
+French king who was so powerful, and being told it was Louis le Grand,
+declared he would give that name to his son, who was about to be
+baptised, and that Montauban should be godfather. He also expressed his
+hope that at some future voyage Montauban would carry the child to
+France, and present him to the brother monarch, and have him brought up
+in that country. "Assure him," said the same prince, "that I am his
+friend, and that if he has occasion for my service, I will go myself
+into France, with all the lances and fusils belonging to the king my
+father." The king said, if need were he would go himself in person. At
+this generous promise the guard discharged their muskets frantically,
+and the men and women shouted their admiration. The drums and trumpets
+went to it again, and the spearmen ran from one side to the other,
+uttering horrible cries, sounding like pain, but expressive of joy. Then
+the glasses went round faster, and the ceremony concluded by the negro
+king presenting Montauban with two cakes of wax. The white men now rose
+in public estimation. Whenever they stirred out, they were followed by
+crowds of negroes bringing presents of fruits and buffalo flesh, never
+having seen a white face before, and generally supposing the devil to be
+of that colour. Sable philosophers begged to be allowed to scrape their
+skin with knives, till the king issued an edict forbidding any one,
+under pain, scraping or rubbing the strangers.
+
+The baptism passed off with great _eclat_. There being no priest in the
+town who knew how to baptize, or remembered the words of the service, a
+priest was procured from a Portuguese ship lying at the Cape. The
+freebooter speaks with much unction of his sponsorship. "I did it with
+so much the more pleasure," quoth he, "in that I was helping to make a
+Christian and sanctify a soul."
+
+A few days after this ceremony, which afforded so much satisfaction to
+Montauban's tender conscience, he determined to embark on board an
+English ship lying at the Cape; but the black king would not have him
+trust himself into the hands of his enemies, and soon after he set sail
+in a Portuguese vessel that arrived to barter iron, arms, and brandy,
+for ivory, wax, and negroes. Two of his men, who had strayed up the
+country, he left behind. The Portuguese captain turned out to be an old
+friend, and took him at once to St. Thomas's, and here he stayed a
+month, the governor of the island showing him a thousand civilities. He
+then embarked on board an English vessel, with whose captain he
+contracted an intimate friendship, in spite of the governor's warnings.
+He gave up his own cabin to Montauban, to use our adventurer's own
+words, "with all the pleasure and diversion he could think of, for the
+solacing of my spirits under the afflictions I had from time to time
+endured."
+
+A tedious sail of three months brought them to Barbadoes. During this
+time, his provisions running short, the English captain began to regret
+having taken up his French passengers, and reduced their daily allowance
+by three-fourths. On arriving at the port, Colonel Russel blamed the
+captain for having brought such visitors, and forbade him under pain of
+death to land; but some Jewish physicians declaring that he must die if
+he did not, the governor consented, keeping a strict watch upon the sick
+man, and telling him to understand that he and his fellows were
+prisoners of war. Montauban replied that he had only embarked on the
+faith of the English captain, on whose friendship he relied. He
+promised, if liberty were granted, them, he would be ever mindful of
+the favour, and would either pay the colonel a ransom, or restore at a
+future time any prisoners belonging to the island.
+
+"No," replied the governor, "I will have neither your ransom nor your
+prisoners, and you are too brave a man for me to have no compassion upon
+your many misfortunes. I desire, on the contrary, that you will accept
+of these forty pistoles, which I present you with to supply your present
+occasions." A vessel soon after arrived from Martinique, and Montauban
+went on board with two of his men, all that could be collected. The
+English governor, when he thanked him at parting, prayed him to be kind
+to any English that fell into his hands, and lamented the war
+regulations that compelled him to severity.
+
+On arriving at Port Royal, at Martinique, Mons. de Blenac, the governor,
+who was then dying, made him stay at his house, and relate every day his
+adventure with the English vessel. In the same breath, Montauban praises
+De Blenac's wisdom, justice, integrity, and knowledge of all the coasts
+and heights of land in America. In a few days the freebooter embarked in
+the _Virgin_ for Bordeaux, and we lose sight of his stalwart figure and
+scarred face among the bustling eager crowds that fill the streets of
+that busy seaport. We have a shrewd suspicion that Sieur de Montauban
+did not die in a bed, but with his face to the foe and his back on a
+bloody plank. There is something delightfully sincere and _naive_ in the
+sort of out-loud thinking with which he concludes his simple "yarn."
+
+"I do not know whether I have bid the sea adieu, so much has my last
+misfortune terrified me, or whether I shall go out again to be revenged
+on the English, who have done me so much mischief, or go and traverse
+the seas with a design to get me a little wealth, or rest quiet and eat
+up what my relations have left me. _There is a strange inclination in
+men to undertake voyages_, as there is to gaming; whatever misfortunes
+befall them, they do not believe they will be always unhappy, and
+therefore will play on. Thus it is as to the sea, whatever accidents
+befall us, we are in hopes to find a favourable opportunity to make us
+amends for all our losses. I believe, whoever reads this account will
+find it a hard task to give me counsel thereupon, or to take the same
+himself."
+
+LAURENCE DE GRAFF, our next hero, was a Dutchman by birth, and served
+first in the service of Spain as a sailor and a gunner. He soon became
+remarkable as a good shot, and renowned for his address and bravery, his
+bearing being equally attractive and commanding. Going to America, he
+carried these talents to the best market, and, being taken prisoner by
+the corsairs, became a Buccaneer, and soon rose to independent command.
+His name grew so terrible to the Spaniards, that the monks used to pray
+God in their prayers to deliver them from "Lorencillo," and the whole
+brotherhood used his name as a war-cry to strike terror. Vessels struck
+their flag when they heard that shout, and the horsemen fled before it
+through the savannah. Knowing that the Spaniards would not forgive him
+the injuries he had inflicted on them, De Graff never fought without
+strewing powder on the deck, or having a gunner with a lighted match
+ready to blow up the powder magazine at the first signal. On one
+occasion the people of Carthagena, knowing that he was sailing near the
+port in a single small vessel, despatched two frigates to bring him
+bound to land. Lorencillo, believing himself lost, had already given
+orders to blow up the vessel, when, making a last desperate effort, he
+captured both of his enemies. These men were never so formidable as when
+surrounded by an overwhelming force. On another occasion the admiral and
+vice-admiral of the galleon fleet had orders to take him at all risks,
+which they should easily have done, as each of their vessels carried
+sixty guns. Finding it impossible to escape, Laurence animated his crew,
+and told them that in victory lay their only hope of life. The gunner
+was placed as usual ready beside the magazine, and then running boldly
+between the two vessels, De Graff poured in a volley of musketry and
+killed forty-eight Spaniards. The action still continued, when a French
+shot carried away the mainmast of the largest galleon, and her consort,
+afraid to board, left Lorencillo the conqueror. The report of this
+victory produced a great sensation both at Paris and Madrid. The French
+sent the conqueror letters of naturalization and a pardon for the death
+of Van Horn, and the court of Spain issued orders to cut off the head of
+their recreant admiral.
+
+At another time Laurence was cruising near Carthagena, in company with
+the French captains, Michel Jonque, Le Sage, and Breac. The Spaniards,
+thinking to catch him alone, sent out two thirty-six gun ships and a
+small craft of six guns, which overtook him in a bay to leeward of the
+city. Surprised to see him well guarded, they endeavoured to escape, but
+Laurence attacked them, and after an eight hours' action, having killed
+400 Spaniards, took the admiral's ship, Jonque's capturing its
+companion. Laurence's prize, however, was soon after driven ashore, and
+the prisoners escaped.
+
+Captain Laurence is at this time described as a tall, fair man, with
+light hair and moustachios. He was fond of music, and kept a band of
+violins and trumpets on board his ship. On one occasion landing in
+Jamaica, the French levelled the three intrenchments, spiked the cannon,
+burnt a town, and retreated to their ships--carrying off 3000 negroes,
+and much indigo and merchandise. The island was saved by the fact of the
+inhabitants of one corner having fortified all their houses, and turned
+each into an inaccessible and unscalable fort. In the attack of one of
+these alone Captain Le Sage and fifty men were killed. The English say
+that there were 7000 fugitive negroes in the mountains, anxious to join
+the French, and to escape to St. Domingo, but the French, taking them
+for enemies, fled at their approach.
+
+Afraid of retaliation, Hispaniola now prepared for defence. Le Sieur de
+Graff commanded at Cape Francois, and was to lay ambuscades and throw up
+intrenchments, and dispute every inch with the Spaniards or the English.
+If the enemy was too strong he was ordered to spike his cannon, blow up
+his powder, and fall back to Port de Paix. In 1695 the Spaniards and
+English landed with 6000 men. Contrary to all expectation, De Graff,
+perhaps too old for service, wasted eight days in reconnoitring, and
+abandoned post after post. His men lost all courage when they saw his
+irresolution. His lieutenant, Le Chevalier de Leon, also deserted his
+guns without a blow, De Graff merely remarking that it was only
+twenty-eight cannon lost. A succession of disasters followed, and
+nothing but climate and the quarrels of the allies saved the desolated
+colony.
+
+In 1686, De Graff was made major in the French army, and henceforward
+fought with more or less fidelity for the country that had ennobled him.
+Not long after this event, the termination of all his glory, being a
+widower, he married Anne Dieu le Veut, a French lady of indomitable
+spirit. She was one of those French women brought over by the governor,
+M. D'Ogeron, to marry to the hunters of Hispaniola. "They grew," says
+Charlevoix, "perfect Atalantas, and joined in the chase, using the
+musket and sabre with the best." From such Amazonian mould came some of
+the Buccaneer chiefs. One day before her marriage, this heroine having
+received some insult from her husband, drew out a pistol and forced him
+to unsay what he had uttered. Full of admiration at her courage, and
+thinking such an Amazon worthy of a hero's bed, he married her. Both she
+and her children were taken prisoners by the English, and not released
+for a long time after the peace. De Graff's first wife was Petroline de
+Guzman, a Spanish lady.
+
+At the time De Graff's brevet arrived, he was on a reef near Carthagena,
+having been wrecked while pursuing a bark in a vessel of forty-eight
+guns and 400 men. With his canoe the wrecked men took the ship, and
+landing in Darien, lost twenty-five adventurers in an Indian ambuscade.
+His two prizes he sent to St. Domingo, but his crew obliged him to
+continue privateering till the letters from De Cussy recalled him. One
+of the chief reasons why this honour had been bestowed on him was, that,
+by his great credit with the adventurers, he might draw them to settle
+on land.
+
+About this time, the Spaniards surprised Petit Guaves, and war
+commenced. Only the year before, the same nation had seized Breac, the
+Flibustier captain, and hung him, with nine or ten of his men. Soon
+after this, a Spanish officer, whom De Graff, now commandant at the Isle
+a la Vache, had delivered from some English corsairs, informed him that
+a Spanish galleon full of treasure was lying wrecked at the Seranillas
+Islands, but this prize he was obliged to relinquish to the English.
+
+De Graff now became remarkable for his firmness and justice. He
+encouraged colonization, settled differences between English and French
+Buccaneers, and prohibited all privateering. His name was still so
+terrible, that on one occasion 2000 Spaniards attacking Hispaniola
+retreated when they heard that the old chief commanded the militia of
+the island.
+
+The Flibustiers were found bad colonists: the French could manage to
+keep them at a fortified post when a Spanish invasion was expected, but
+the instant the enemy retreated, the sea grew dark with Buccaneer
+vessels, eager for prizes. Indocile and desperate, they seduced all the
+youth of Hispaniola from their plantations. At one time the French
+governor seems to have resolved on their total destruction, but their
+usefulness as light troops saved them. The descents on Jamaica in search
+of slaves by the French Buccaneers grew soon so numerous, that the
+English island became known as "little Guinea."
+
+In 1692, a French adventurer named Daviot, with 290 men, landed and
+pillaged the north of Jamaica. His vessel being driven out to sea by a
+storm, his men were compelled to remain fifteen days exposed to
+incessant attacks from their enemies. While waiting for the vessel's
+return, the dreadful earthquake happened that swallowed 11,000 souls,
+and destroyed Port Royal. The Flibustiers, alarmed at the rocking of the
+earth, embarked 115 sailors and forty prisoners in canoes, but the sea
+was as convulsed as the land, and they lost all but sixty men, and were
+driven again on shore. Attacked when he again put out to sea by two
+English vessels, Daviot beat them off with a loss of seventy-six men,
+only two of his own being killed. Boarded by the English a second time,
+his vessel blew up, and he surrendered with twenty-one of his crew. Soon
+after this, three French vessels, manned with Buccaneers, took an
+English guarda costa of forty guns, killing eighteen men.
+
+In 1694, De Graff commanded in a Buccaneer invasion of Jamaica, sailing
+to that island with fourteen vessels and 550 men. He forced the English
+intrenchments in spite of 1400 musketeers and twelve guns, slew 360 of
+the defenders, and captured nine ships, losing himself only twenty-two
+men. He then drove off 260 troopers from Spanish Town, after two hours'
+combat. The next day De Graff despatched troops to carry off cattle.
+
+In 1696, a process was instituted against De Graff, whom M. Du Casse
+suspected of intrigues with Spain. The evidence, M. Charlevoix thinks,
+showed only his extreme fear of falling into the hands of the enemy. It
+is certain that the Spanish had offered to make him a vice-admiral, but
+he would not trust their sincerity. The English despised him for this
+supposed treachery, and when he proposed to the governor of Jamaica to
+retreat to that island, if he could give him employment, the governor
+replied, that he had already betrayed three nations, and would not stick
+at betraying a fourth.
+
+The Spaniards regarded him with fear till his death, and never forgave
+him the injury he had done them. "During the next war between France and
+Spain," says Charlevoix, "the Marquis of Coelogon arriving at Havannah
+with a French squadron that he commanded in the Mexican Gulf, having De
+Graff on board, all the town ran to the shore at the news, to see the
+famous Lorencillo that had so long been the terror of the West Indies,
+but the Marquis would not let him land for fear of danger."
+
+Deprived of his command, De Graff was appointed captain of a light
+frigate. This situation suited him better than land service, for which
+he showed no genius, and he was frequently employed on board the French
+squadrons, no man knowing better the navigation of the North Pacific.
+Of his death we know nothing, but it is supposed he lived to a good age.
+
+One of the most important enterprises ever attempted by the French
+Buccaneers, in conjunction with the French government, was the capture
+of Carthagena in 1697. The fleet of M. de Poincy consisted of eighteen
+vessels, besides ten Flibustier craft, carrying 700 adventurers, in
+addition to his own 4658 men and two companies of negroes. The Buccaneer
+captains were Montjoy, Godefroy, Blanc, Galet, Pierre, Pays, Sales,
+Macary, and Colong. Their vessels were named _Le Pontchartrain_, _La
+Ville de Glamma_, _La Serpente_, _La Gracieuse_, _La Pembrock_, _Le Cerf
+Volant_, _La Mutine_, _Le Brigantin_, _Le Jerse_, and _L'Anglais_. The
+whole force mustered 6500 men. The adventurers at first refused to
+embark till a fit share of the booty was promised to them, being
+accustomed to be deprived of their rights by the French officers.
+Enraged at not being treated as equals, and finding one of their men
+imprisoned at Petit Guaves, they invested the fort, and were only
+appeased by ready concessions. The first scheme of the expedition was
+to seek the galleons; but this was abandoned, though it appeared
+afterwards that at that very time they were lying at Porto Bello richer
+than they had been for fifty years, and laden with 50,000,000 crowns.
+The second plan was to attack Vera Cruz, and the last to sail to
+Carthagena.
+
+That most graphic and vigorous of writers, Michael Scott, describes
+Carthagena as situated on a group of sandy islands, surrounded by
+shallow water. A little behind the town, on a gentle acclivity, is the
+citadel of Fort St. Felipe, and on the ship-like hill beyond it the
+convent of the Popa, projecting like a poop-lantern in the high stern of
+a ship.
+
+Arrived at that city, the French galliot bombarded the whole night; and
+as this was the first bomb ship ever seen in the West Indies, the
+splintering of shells produced a great terror in the citizens. Two days
+after the fleet anchored before Bocca Chica. This fort contained
+thirty-three guns; had four bastions, and was defended by a dry fosse
+cut in the rocks. The ramparts were bomb proof and the walls shot
+proof. Under the fire of the _St. Louis_, the galliot, and two bomb
+vessels, the troops landed and advanced without opposition within a
+quarter of a league of the fort. By the advice of the Buccaneers,
+accustomed to such marches, 3000 men crossed through a wood by a path so
+difficult that only one man could pass at a time, and, unobserved, took
+possession of the road leading from Carthagena to the fort, fortifying
+themselves on both sides, and cutting off the communication between the
+fort and the city, taking some negroes prisoners, and losing a few men
+from the shots of the enemy.
+
+The next morning, at daybreak, the adventurers, finding some boats on
+the beach, pursued and captured a Spanish piragua containing several
+monks of high rank. One of the priests in vain was sent with a flag of
+truce and a drummer and trumpeter to summon the governor to surrender.
+The negroes clearing the road, a battery of guns and mortars opened upon
+the fort, and the Buccaneer sharp-shooters shot down the enemy's
+gunners, driving back some half galleys that attempted to bring
+reinforcements. The Buccaneers, pursuing the boats, found shelter under
+the covered way, and killed every man who showed himself on the
+batteries of the fort. The governor, who saw the adventurers rushing, as
+he thought, madly to destruction, began to lament that he had employed
+such people. Warned that if left alone "the brothers" would give a good
+account of the place, he scornfully laughed and ordered up
+reinforcements. Thinking the Flibustiers had only run under the covered
+way for shelter, he pursued a few who really did turn tail with his
+cane, and attempted in vain to drive them to the assault. By this time
+the freebooters had won the drawbridge, and, displaying their colours on
+the edge of the ditch, demanded means for the escalade. Thirty ladders
+were placed, and the assault had already commenced, when the Spaniards
+hung out the white flag, and, shouting "_Viva el rey!_" flung their arms
+and hats into the ditch. The gate being opened, 100 of the garrison were
+confined in the chapel; 200 others were found wounded. The governor,
+handing the keys of the fortress to M. de Poincy, said: "I deliver into
+your hands the keys of all the Spanish Indies." About forty adventurers
+were killed, and as many wounded, in this attack.
+
+The next day the fleet entered the harbour, and the Spaniards burned all
+their vessels to prevent capture. The governor still refusing to
+surrender, saying he wanted neither men, arms, nor courage, the
+adventurers embarked to attack the convent of Nuestra Senhora de la
+Popa, and to occupy the heights. M. du Casse being wounded in the thigh,
+the Flibustiers refused to march under the command of M. Galifet, to
+whom they had a dislike; and on his striking one of them, the man took
+him by the cravat. The mutineer was instantly tied to a tree and
+sentenced to be shot, but pardoned at M. Galifet's intercession. M. de
+Poincy, going on board Captain Pierre's ship, seized him and ordered him
+to execution, and the revolt then ceased, De Poincy threatening to
+decimate them on the next outbreak.
+
+The convent stood on a mountain shaped like the poop of a ship, about a
+gunshot from Carthagena. It had been abandoned by the monks, who had
+stripped it of every valuable.
+
+The army then marched by sunset to the fort Santa Cruz, suffering much
+from thirst. The fort mounted sixty guns, was surrounded by a wet ditch,
+and on the land side accessible only through a morass, but it
+surrendered without firing a shot. The adventurers then pushed on to
+within a gunshot of Fort St. Lazarus, which commanded the suburbs on the
+other side of the city. The French defiled round the fort, while some of
+their grenadiers carried on a pretended conference with the fort. The
+next day roads were cut through a hill, and the army were placed within
+pistol shot of the walls, concealed by an eminence that covered them
+from the enemy's fire. The Spaniards, losing their commander, abandoned
+the place in disorder, and their fort, St. Lazarus, being within musket
+shot of Gezemanie (the suburbs), they opened a fire of ten guns upon the
+captured batteries, the Buccaneer musketry clearing the streets. Thirty
+men were killed in trying to turn a chapel into a redoubt, and the camp
+removed behind St. Lazarus, De Poincy having been wounded in the breast.
+
+The three next days several breaching batteries were completed, and the
+galliot and mortars bombarded the city all night. In three days more,
+the breach was pronounced practicable, and the storming commenced. M. du
+Casse, although wounded, led the grenadiers, and M. Macharais the
+adventurers, who set the army an example of daring. Planks were laid
+over the broken drawbridge, and the troops passed over, under a
+tremendous fire from the bastion of St. Catherine, one man only being
+able to cross at a time. The breach and batteries were lined with
+Spanish lancers, who flung their spears, nine feet long, a distance of
+twelve or fifteen yards. The French had 250 men killed and wounded, and
+many officers fell. Vice-admiral the Count de Coetlogon was mortally
+hurt; the commander-in-chief's nephew, le Chevalier de Poincy, a young
+midshipman, had his knee broken, and many were wounded in pursuing the
+Spaniards to the city.
+
+The French gave no quarter, putting to the sword 200 Spaniards who had
+thrown themselves into a church. The governor, who had ordered his
+servants to carry him in his easy chair to the breach to animate his
+men, fled into Carthagena. The army now advanced to the bridge which led
+from Gezemanie to the city, and repulsed two sorties of the enemy.
+
+The French threw up intrenchments and erected batteries to breach the
+walls. Two days were spent in these preparations and in dressing the
+wounded. There were still great difficulties to encounter. Armies of
+Indians were approaching. The Spanish garrison had six months' provision
+and eighty guns mounted on their ramparts. The next day, Carthagena,
+terrified at the fate of Gezemanie, surrendered. The conditions were,
+that the churches should not be plundered, that those who chose might
+leave the city unmolested, and that the inhabitants should surrender
+half their money on pain of losing all. The governor and troops were to
+depart with the honours of war. The merchants were to surrender their
+account books to the French commander. The adventurers instantly
+occupied the bastions and gate, and the other troops seized the
+ramparts. The governor, having marched out with 700 men, M. de Poincy
+proceeded to the cathedral to hear the _Te Deum_, and then repaired to
+his lodgings at the house where the royal treasure was deposited.
+
+At first the soldiers and sailors were forbidden to enter any house on
+pain of death, and the admiral's carpenter being caught plundering, and
+confessing his guilt, had his head cut off on the spot. But a change
+soon took place. The governor, assembling the heads of religious houses,
+informed them that the treaty did not spare any convent that had money.
+Many days were spent in receiving and weighing the crowns. De Poincy
+declared, that before his arrival the monks had fled with 120 mules
+laden with gold, and he had obtained barely nine million pieces. Other
+accounts say he obtained forty million livres, _i.e._, twenty millions
+without including merchandise. Every officer had 100,000 crowns, besides
+his general share of the spoil, before he allowed his soldiers to enter
+a house. Charlevoix confesses, that the honour the French won by their
+bravery they lost by their cruelty. The capitulation was broken,
+churches were profaned, church plate stolen, images broken, virgins
+violated on the very altars, the monks tortured, and the sick in the
+hospitals left to starve, or resort to the horrors of cannibalism.
+Notwithstanding the inhabitants brought in their money, some to the
+amount of 400,000 dollars, a general search was made throughout the
+town, and much gold found. A few of the inhabitants hired guards of
+adventurers, but, in general, these men also turned plunderers, the
+officers only attempting to keep up appearances.
+
+Anxious to get the adventurers out of the way while he collected the
+spoil, De Poincy spread a report that 10,000 Indians were approaching,
+and sent the Flibustiers to drive them back. After plundering the
+country for four leagues, they returned with fifty prisoners, a drove of
+cattle, and 4000 crowns. During the siege, they had been employed in
+skirmishing, cutting off supplies, and foraging, and were accustomed to
+laugh at the sailors, who dragged the guns and called them "white
+negroes."
+
+Disease breaking out, and carrying off 800 men in six weeks, De Poincy
+embarked his plunder, and prepared to sail. Eighty-six guns he carried
+off, and destroyed St. Lazarus and Bocca Chica. The Buccaneers, calling
+out loudly for their share, received only 40,000 crowns. The men
+instantly shouted--"Brothers, we do wrong to take anything of this dog,
+our share is left at Carthagena." This proposal was received with a
+ferocious gaiety, and they all swore never to return to St. Domingo.
+They derided M. du Casse's promises to get them justice from the French
+king, and fired at those vessels that would not follow them. The people
+of Carthagena shuddered to see them return. Shutting up all the men in
+the cathedral, they promised to depart on receiving five millions as a
+ransom. In one day a million crowns were brought, but, this being still
+inadequate, they broke open the very tombs, and goaded the citizens to
+the torture, firing off guns, and pretending to put men to death in the
+neighbouring rooms. Two men, guilty of cruelty, their leaders hanged.
+Each man received about 1,000 crowns; and having spent four days in
+collecting and dividing the gold and silver, they appointed the Isle a
+la Vache as a rendezvous to divide the slaves and merchandise.
+
+The retribution was at hand. They had not sailed thirty leagues when
+they fell in with the combined English and Dutch fleets. _Le Christ_,
+with 250 men, and more than a million crowns, was taken by the Dutch,
+_Le Cerf Volant_ by the English, a third was driven on shore and burnt
+near St. Domingo, a fourth, running on land near Carthagena, was taken,
+and her crew employed in rebuilding the fortifications they had
+destroyed. Of De Poincy's plunder, 120,000 livres were carried off by
+an English foray on Petit Guaves. Admiral Neville, who failed to
+overtake the French deep-laden and weakly manned fleet, died of a broken
+heart at Virginia.
+
+Du Casse was rewarded with the cross of St. Louis for his services, and
+orders arrived from France to distribute 1,400,000 of De Poincy's spoil
+among the freebooters, very little of which, however, reached them. A
+curse, says Charlevoix, rested on the whole enterprise.
+
+In 1698, a French fleet, under the command of Count d'Estrees, on its
+way to attack the Dutch island of Curacoa, was lost on the Aves Islands,
+a small cluster of rocks surrounded by breakers. Attracted by the
+distress-guns fired by the first ship that ran aground, its companions,
+believing that it had been attacked by the enemy, hurried pell-mell to
+its assistance, and, blinded by the fog, ran one by one on destruction.
+Eighteen of them were lost. Of this disaster, Dampier, who visited the
+island about a year afterwards, gives a very interesting account. The
+Buccaneer part of the crew (for the Buccaneers took an active part in
+these wars), quite accustomed to such chances, scrambled to shore, and
+proceeded to save all they could from the wreck; but a few of them,
+breaking into the stores of a stranded vessel, floated with her out to
+sea, drinking and cursing on the poop, and holding up their flasks,
+shouting and laughing to the drowning men around them. Every soul of
+them perished.
+
+Several Flibustier vessels were lost at the same time, about 800
+Buccaneers having joined the expedition at Tortuga. About 300 of these
+perished with the wrecks. Dampier describes the islands as strewn with
+shreds of sail, broken spars, masts, and rigging. For some years, in
+consequence, the Aves became the resort of Buccaneer captains, who
+careened and refitted here, employing their crews in diving for plate,
+and in attempts to recover guns and anchors.
+
+To console themselves for this failure, M. de Poincy led 800 Buccaneers
+to attack Santiago, first touching at Tortuga for reinforcements. They
+landed unseen, taking advantage of a bright moonlight night. The
+vanguard wound their way round the base of a mountain that barred their
+approach to the town, and, instead of advancing, worked round till they
+met their rearguard, whom they mistook for the enemy, and furiously
+attacked. They discovered their mistake at last by their mutual cries of
+"Tue, tue." But it was now late; all hopes of surprise were over; the
+Spaniards, alarmed, put themselves on their defence, and at daybreak
+drove back the freebooters to their ships with an irresistible force of
+4000 men. Another party, more successful, plundered Port au Prince, St.
+Thomas's, and Truxillo on the mainland.
+
+Grammont, during this time, had been left behind on the Aves Islands, to
+collect all that was valuable from the wreck, and to careen the
+surviving vessels. Having completed this, and finding himself short of
+provisions, and the season being favourable for an excursion to the Gulf
+of Venezuela, Grammont decided upon a visit to Maracaibo. Arriving at
+the fort of the bar, mounted with twelve guns and garrisoned by seventy
+men, he commenced an attack. The French had opened a trench, had already
+pushed it within cannon shot, and were preparing the ladders to scale,
+when the governor surrendered on condition of obtaining the honours of
+war. Passing on to the town, Grammont found it abandoned. Gibraltar also
+made little resistance. From the lake he carried off three vessels, and
+also took a prize of value, cannonading it with his guns, and at the
+same time boarding it with a swarm of canoes. Being now master of the
+whole lake, he visited all the places where his prisoners told him he
+was likely to find gold hidden, defeating the Spaniards wherever he met
+them.
+
+Then, collecting all his scattered plunderers, Grammont prepared to
+attack Torilla, making a detour of forty-five leagues in order to take
+it by surprise. Arriving near the town, the Buccaneers came to the banks
+of a rapid river, with only one ford, which they had the good fortune to
+find, crossing over under shelter of a hot fire that the rearguard kept
+up upon the Spaniards, who lay intrenched upon the opposite bank. The
+moment they had crossed, their enemies fled, and Torilla was their own.
+The prize, however, proved not worth the winning, for the town was
+abandoned, and the treasure hid. The Buccaneer rule, indeed, was that no
+place was worth sacking which was taken without a blow, as the Spaniards
+always fought best when they had most to fight for. The Buccaneers
+departed with little booty; their 700 men having taken three towns, and
+conquered a province, with the loss of only seventy men, and these
+chiefly by illness.
+
+In 1680 Grammont made another expedition to the coast of Cumana. Having
+collected twenty-five piraguas, he ascertained from some prisoners that
+there were three armed vessels anchored under the forts of Gonaire, and
+these he determined to cut out. He embarked all his 180 men in a single
+bark, and left orders for the others to sail up to Gonaire at a given
+signal. He landed with a few men at night, and surprised four watchmen,
+who, however, had still time left to fire, and alarm the town, before
+they could be overpowered. Gonaire leaped instantly from its sleep. The
+bells rang backward; the guns fired; the musketeers hurried to the
+market-place; doors were barred; and the women and children fled in
+tears to the altars. Grammont, doubling his speed, arrived at the east
+gate, his drums beating, trumpets sounding, and colours flying. Although
+it was defended by twelve guns, he took it with the hot fierceness of a
+Caesar, pushed on at once to a fort about a hundred yards distant, and
+commenced a vigorous attack. At the head of his crew he entered the
+embrasures, killing twenty-six out of its thirty-eight defenders.
+Planting his colours on the wall, the men shouted "_Vive le Roi!_" with
+such unanimity and fierceness that at the very sound the whole garrison
+of the neighbouring fort at once surrendered, and forty-two men
+instantly laid down their arms. These successes were obtained with only
+forty-seven men--a mere handful being able to keep up in the rapid and
+headlong charge. Grammont, rallying his men, then placed garrisons in
+the forts, razed the embrasures, spiked the cannon, and then proceeded
+to intrench himself in a strong position. The next day he entered the
+town, making several vigorous sorties on the enemy, who now began to
+gather in round him on all sides. Being informed that 2000 men were
+advancing to meet him from Caragua, he gave orders for embarkation, the
+Buccaneers seldom fighting when no booty was to be obtained. Remaining
+last upon the shore to cover the retreat of his men, withstanding for
+nearly twenty-four hours the onslaught of 300 Spaniards, he was at last
+dangerously wounded in the throat, and one of his officers had his
+shoulder broken.
+
+Grammont took with him the Governor of Gonaire, and 150 other prisoners,
+the usual resource of the Buccaneers when a town either furnished no
+booty, or gave them no time to collect it. This daring enterprise was
+achieved with the loss of only eight men. On his way home to be cured of
+a wound which his vexation and impatience had rendered dangerous, he
+was wrecked near Petit Guaves, and his own vessel and his prize both
+lost.
+
+About the next adventure of this chivalrous corsair some doubts are
+thrown, although it is related boastingly by Charlevoix, who says: "He
+then took an English vessel of thirty guns, which had defied the
+Governor of Tortuga, and beaten off a Buccaneer bark. This ship, armed
+with fifty guns, and navigated by a crew of 300 men, Grammont is
+reported to have boarded, killing every Englishman on board but the
+captain, whom he reserved to carry in triumph to shore."
+
+Grammont was born in Paris of a good family. His mother being left a
+widow, her daughter was courted by an officer who treated Grammont, then
+a student, as a rude boy. They fought, and the lover received three
+mortal stabs. Obtaining the dying man's pardon, the young duellist
+entered the marines, eventually commanded a privateer frigate, and took,
+near Martinique, a Dutch flute, containing 400,000 livres. Having spent
+all this in gaiety at St. Domingo, the young captain turned Buccaneer.
+Charlevoix notices his manners and address, which were as fascinating as
+those of De Graff. The writer describes "Sa bonne grace, ses manieres
+honnetes, et je ne scais quoi d'aimable qui gagnoit les coeurs."
+
+We have described already his surprise of Maracaibo, and his expedition
+to Vera Cruz. His expedition to Campeachy was against the wish of the
+French Governor of St. Domingo. On their way home he quarrelled and
+separated from De Graff. "With all the talent that can raise man to
+command, he had," says Charlevoix, "all the vices of a corsair. He drank
+hard, and abandoned himself to debauchery, with a total disregard of
+religion."
+
+In 1686 Grammont, at the recommendation of M. de Cussy, Governor of St.
+Domingo, was made Lieutenant de Roi, Cussy intending to make him
+Protector of the south coast. But Grammont, elated at his new title, and
+anxious to show that he deserved it, armed a ship, manned by 180
+Buccaneers, to make a last cruise against the Spaniards, and was heard
+of no more.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+FALL OF THE FLOATING EMPIRE.
+
+ Peace of Ryswick--Attempts to settle--Buccaneers turn pirates--Last
+ expedition to the Darien mines, 1702.
+
+
+The English were the first to attempt to put down Buccaneering, but the
+last to succeed in doing it. When the freebooters had served their
+purpose, the English government would have thrown them by as a soldier
+would his broken sword. In 1655, after Morgan returned from Panama, Lord
+John Vaughan, the new governor of Jamaica, had strict orders to enforce
+the treaty concluded with Spain in the previous year, but to proclaim
+pardon, indemnity, and grants of land to all Buccaneers who would turn
+planters. By royal proclamation, all cruising against Spain was
+forbidden under severe penalties. To avoid this irksome imprisonment to
+a plot of sugar canes, many of the English freebooters joined their
+brethren at Tortuga, or turned cow-killers and logwood cutters in the
+Bay of Campeachy. In the next year the war broke out between England and
+Holland, and many fitted out privateers.
+
+The unwise restrictions of France, and home interference with colonial
+administration, once more fostered "the people of the coast." Annoying
+prohibitions and vexatious monopolies drove the planters to sea.
+
+In 1690 a royal proclamation granted pardon to all English Buccaneers
+who should surrender themselves. The French Flibustiers continued to
+flourish during the war which followed the accession of William III. to
+the throne of England.
+
+In 1698 the knell of the brotherhood was finally rung by the joy bells
+that announced the peace of Ryswick. The English and Dutch made great
+complaints to the Governor of St. Domingo of the French Flibustiers,
+and demanded compensation, which was granted. A colony was established
+at the Isle a la Vache in hopes of carrying on a trade with New Spain,
+by orders of the French king the church plate brought from Carthagena
+was returned, and Buccaneering prohibited.
+
+The government advised that force should be resorted to to induce those
+Flibustiers to turn planters who were not willing to avail themselves of
+the amnesty. Those who had settled in Jamaica, seeing in 1702 a new war
+likely to break out between England and France, and determined not to
+take arms against their own country, passed over to the mainland, and
+settled in Bocca Toro. As soon as the war broke out, however, a great
+many French Buccaneers, persecuted at St. Domingo, joined the English
+under Benbow. In 1704, M. Auger, a new governor, coming to St. Domingo,
+and seeing the false step his predecessors had taken, recalled the
+Flibustiers, and made peace with the Bocca Toro Indians. M. d'Herville
+led 1500 of them to the Havannah, and died there. He held the Buccaneers
+of Hispaniola far beyond those of Martinique, and, had he lived, would
+have united them all under his flag.
+
+In 1707 Le Comte de Choiseul Beaupre, the new governor, attempted to
+revive Buccaneering as the only hope of saving French commerce in the
+Indies, the English privateers carrying off every merchant ship that
+approached the shores of St. Domingo. The French government approved of
+all his plans, and gave him unlimited power to carry them out. He issued
+an amnesty to all Flibustiers who had settled among the Indians of
+Sambres and Bocca Toro. The greater part of those who had joined the
+English returned; and those who had joined in the last expedition
+against Carthagena received their pay. The Brothers were restored to all
+their ancient privileges. The Count intended to guard the coast with
+frigates while his smaller vessels harassed Jamaica, but in the midst of
+these immature projects he was killed, in 1710, in a sea engagement.
+
+The Buccaneers, gathered from every part, now turned planters. Thus,
+says Charlevoix, ended the "Flibuste de Saint Domingue," which only
+required discipline and leaders of ambition to have conquered both
+North and South America. Undisciplined and tumultuous as it has been,
+without order, plan, forethought, or subordination, it has still been
+the astonishment of the whole world, and has done deeds which posterity
+will not believe.
+
+Attachment to old habits and difficulty in finding employment made many
+turn pirates. Proscribed now by all nations, with no excuse for plunder,
+and with no safe place of refuge, they sailed over the world, enemies to
+all they met. Many frequented the Guinea coast, others cruised off the
+coast of India, and New Providence island, one of the Bahama group, was
+now the only sanctuary. Here the memorable Blackbeard, Martel, and his
+associates, were at last hunted down, about 1717.
+
+The last achievement related of the Flibustiers is in 1702, when a party
+of Englishmen having a commission from the Governor of Jamaica, landed
+on the Isthmus of Darien, near the Samballas isles, and were joined by
+some old Flibustiers who had settled there, and 300 friendly Indians.
+With these allies they marched to the mines, drove out the Spaniards
+according to Dampier's plan, and took seventy negroes. They kept these
+slaves at work twenty-one days, but obtained, after all, only eighty
+pounds' weight of gold.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE PIRATES OF NEW PROVIDENCE AND THE KINGS OF MADAGASCAR.
+
+ Laws and dress--Government--Blackbeard--His enormities--Captain
+ Avery and the Great Mogul--Davis--Lowther--Low--Roberts--Major
+ Bonnet--Captain Gow--the Guinea coast.
+
+
+The last refugee Buccaneers turned pirates, and settled in the island of
+New Providence.
+
+The African coast, and not the main, was now their cruising ground, and
+Madagascar was their new Tortuga. They no longer warred merely against
+the Spaniard--their hands were raised against the world. Their cruelty
+was no longer the cruelty of retaliation, but arose from a thirst of
+blood, never to be slaked, and still unquenchable. There was no longer
+honour among the bands, and they grew as cowardly as they were
+ferocious. Flocks of trading vessels were scuttled, but no town
+attacked. We waste time even to detail their guilt, and only append the
+terrible catalogue as a _finis_ to our narrative.
+
+The following articles, signed by Roberts's crew, may furnish a fair
+example of the ordinary rules drawn up by pirate captains:--
+
+"Every man has a vote in affairs of moment, and an equal title to the
+fresh provisions or strong liquors at any time seized; which he may use
+at pleasure, unless a scarcity make it necessary for the good of all to
+vote a retrenchment.
+
+"Every man shall be called fairly in turn by list on board the prizes,
+and, over and above their proper share, shall be allowed a change of
+clothes. Any man who defrauds the company to the value of a dollar in
+plate, jewels, or money, shall be marooned. If the robbery is by a
+messmate, the thief shall have his ears and nose slit, and be set on
+shore at the place the ship touches at.
+
+"No man shall play at cards or dice for money.
+
+"The lights and candles to be put out at eight o'clock at night. If any
+of the crew, after that hour, still remain inclined for drinking, they
+are to do it on the open deck.
+
+"Every man shall keep his piece, pistols, and cutlass clean, and fit for
+service.
+
+"No woman to be allowed on board. Any man who seduces a woman, and
+brings her to sea disguised, shall suffer death.
+
+"Any one deserting the ship, or leaving his quarters during an
+engagement, shall be either marooned or put to death.
+
+"No man shall strike another on board, but the disputants shall settle
+their quarrel on shore with sword or pistol.
+
+"No man shall talk of breaking up the company till we get each L100.
+Every man losing a limb, or becoming a cripple in the service, shall
+have 800 dollars, and for lesser hurts proportional recompence.
+
+"The captain and quartermaster shall receive two shares of every prize.
+The master, boatswain, and gunner one share and a-half, and all other
+officers one and a-quarter.
+
+"The musicians to rest on Sundays, but on no other days without special
+favour."
+
+From another set of articles we find, that
+
+"He that shall be found guilty of taking up any unlawful weapon on board
+a prize so as to strike a comrade, shall be tried by the captain and
+company, and receive due punishment.
+
+"All men guilty of cowardice shall also be tried.
+
+"If any gold, jewels, or silver, to the value of a piece of eight, be
+found on board a prize, and the finder do not deliver it to the
+quartermaster within twenty-four hours, he shall be put to his trial.
+
+"Any one found guilty of defrauding another to the value of a shilling,
+shall be tried.
+
+"Quarter always to be given when called for.
+
+"He that sees a sail first, to have the best pistols or small arms on
+board of her."
+
+One of the most cruel of their punishments was "sweating," an ingenuity
+probably invented by the London rakes and "scourers" of Charles the
+Second's reign. They first stuck up lighted candles circularly round the
+mizenmast, between decks, and within this circle admitted the prisoners
+one by one. Outside the candles stood the pirates armed with penknives,
+tucks, forks, and compasses, and the musicians playing a lively dance,
+they drove the prisoner round, pricking him as he passed. This could
+seldom be borne more than ten minutes, at the end of which time the
+wretch, maddened with fear and pain, generally fell senseless.
+
+Their diversions were as strange as their cruelties. On one occasion
+some pirates captured a ship laden with horses, going from Rhode Island
+to St. Christopher's. The sailors mounted these beasts, and rode them
+backwards and forwards, full gallop, along the decks, cursing and
+shouting till the animals grew maddened. When two or three of these
+rough riders were thrown, they leaped up and fell on the crew with their
+sabres, declaring that they would kill them for not bringing boots and
+spurs, without which no man could ride.
+
+In dress the pirates were fantastic and extravagant. Their favourite
+ornament was a broad sash slung across the breast and fastened on the
+shoulder and hip with coloured ribbons. In this they slung three and
+four pairs of pistols, for which, at the sales at the mast, they would
+often give L40 a-pair. Gold-laced cocked hats were conspicuous features
+of their costume.
+
+For small offences, too insignificant for a jury, the quartermaster was
+the arbitrator. If they disobeyed his command, except in time of battle,
+when the captain was supreme, were quarrelsome or mutinous, misused
+prisoners, or plundered when plundering should cease, or were negligent
+of their arms, as the master he might cudgel or whip them. He was, in
+fact, the manager of all duels, and the trustee of the whole company,
+returning to the owners what he chose (except gold and silver), and
+confiscating whatever he thought advisable. The quartermaster was, in
+fact, their magistrate, the captain their king.
+
+The captain had always the great cabin to himself, and was often voted
+parcels of plate and china. Any sailor, however, might use his
+punch-bowl, enter his room, swear at him, and seize his food, without
+his daring to find fault, or contest his rights. The captain was
+generally chosen for being "pistol proof," and in some cases had as
+privy council a certain number of the elder sailors, who were called
+"lords."
+
+The captain's power was uncontrollable in time of chase or battle: he
+might then strike, stab, or shoot anybody who disobeyed his orders. The
+fate of the prisoner depended much upon the captain, who was oftener
+inclined to mercy than his crew.
+
+Their flags were generally intended to strike terror. Roberts's was a
+black silk flag, with a white skeleton upon it, with an hour-glass in
+one hand, and cross-bones in the other, underneath a dart, and a heart
+dripping blood. The pennon bore a man with a flaming sword in one hand,
+standing on two skulls, one inscribed A.B.H. (a Barbadian's head), and
+the other, A.M.H. (a Martiniquian's head).
+
+EDWARD TEACH, _alias_ Blackbeard, was born in Bristol, and at a seaport
+town all daring youths turn sailors. He soon became distinguished for
+daring and courage, but did not obtain any command till 1716, when a
+Captain Benjamin Hornigold gave him the command of a sloop, and became
+his partner in piracy, till he surrendered.
+
+In the spring of 1717, the pair sailed from their haunt in New
+Providence towards the Spanish main, and taking by the way a shallop
+from the Havannah, laden with flour, supplied their own vessels. From a
+ship of Bermuda they obtained wine, and from a craft of Madeira they got
+considerable plunder.
+
+Careening on the Virginian coast, they returned to the West Indies, and
+capturing a large French Guinea-man, bound for Martinique, Teach went
+aboard as captain, and started for a cruise. Hornigold, returning to New
+Providence, surrendered to proclamation, and gave himself up to Governor
+Rogers.
+
+Blackbeard had in the mean time mounted his prize with forty guns, and
+christened her the _Queen Anne's Revenge_. Cruising off St. Vincent, he
+captured the _Great Allan_, and having plundered her, and set the men on
+shore, fired the ship, and let her drift to sea.
+
+A few days after, Teach was attacked by the _Scarborough_ man-of-war,
+who, finding him well manned, retired to Barbadoes, after a cannonade of
+some hours. On his way to the mainland, Teach was joined by Major
+Bonnet, a gentleman planter, turned pirate, who joined with him,
+commanding a sloop of ten guns. Finding he knew nothing of naval
+affairs, Teach soon deposed him, and took him on board his own ship, on
+pretext of relieving him from the fatigues and cares of such a post,
+wishing him, as he said, to live easy and do no duty.
+
+While taking in water near the Bay of Honduras, they surprised a sloop
+from Jamaica, which surrendered without a blow, striking sail at the
+first terror of the black flag. The men they took on board Teach's
+vessel, and manned it for their own use.
+
+At Honduras they found a ship and four sloops, some from Jamaica, and
+some from Boston. The Americans deserted one vessel, and escaped on
+shore, and the pirates burnt it in revenge. The other vessel they also
+burnt, because some pirate had been lately hung at Boston. The three
+sloops they allowed to depart.
+
+Taking turtles at the Grand Caiman's islands, they sailed to the
+Havannah, and from the Bahamas went to Carolina, capturing a brigantine
+and two sloops. For six days they lay off the bar of Charlestown, taking
+many vessels, and a brigantine laden with negroes. The people of
+Carolina, who had not long before been visited by the pirate Vane, were
+dumb with terror. No vessel dared put out, and the trade of the place
+stood still. To add to these misfortunes, a long and expensive war with
+the natives, only just concluded, had much impoverished the colony.
+
+Teach detained all the ships and prisoners, and being in want of
+medicines, sent a boat's crew of men ashore, with one of the prisoners,
+to ask the governor to supply him with the drugs. The pirates were
+insolent in their demands, and, swearing horribly, vowed, if any
+violence was offered to them, that their captain would murder all the
+prisoners, send their heads to the governor, and then fire the vessels
+and slip cable. These rude ambassadors swaggered through the streets,
+insulting the inhabitants, who longed to seize them, but dared not, for
+fear of endangering the town. The governor did not deliberate long, for
+one of his brother magistrates was in the murderer's hands, and at once
+sent on board a chest, worth about L400, which the pirates returned with
+in triumph. Blackbeard then released the prisoners, having first taken
+about L1500 out of the ships, besides provisions.
+
+From the bar of Charlestown the kingly villains sailed to North
+Carolina, where Teach broke up the partnership, objecting to any
+division of money, preferring all the risk and all the profit. Running
+into an inlet to clean, he purposely grounded his ship, and Hands,
+another captain, coming to his assistance, ran ashore by his side. He
+then with forty men took possession of the third vessel, and marooned
+seventeen other men upon a sandy island, about a league from the main,
+where neither herb grew nor bird visited. Here they would have perished,
+had not Major Bonnet taken them off two days after.
+
+Teach then surrendered himself, with twenty of his men, to the Governor
+of North Carolina, and received certificates and pardons from him,
+having soon crept into his favour. Through the governor's permission,
+the _Queen Anne's Revenge_, though avowedly the property of English
+merchants, was forfeited by an Admiralty Court, as a Spaniard, and
+declared the property of Teach. Before setting out again to sea
+Blackbeard married his fourteenth wife, twelve more being still alive.
+The governor, who seems to have been half a pirate, and wholly a rogue,
+performed the ceremony.
+
+In June, 1718, he steered towards Bermudas, and meeting several English
+vessels, plundered them of provisions. He also captured two French
+vessels, one of which was loaded with sugar and cocoa, and bound to
+Martinico. The loaded vessel he brought home, and the governor, calling
+a court, condemned it as a derelict, and divided the plunder with Teach,
+receiving sixty hogsheads of sugar as his dividend, and his secretary
+twenty. For fear the vessel might still be claimed, Teach declared it
+was leaky, and burnt her to the water's edge.
+
+He now spent three or four months in the river, lying at anchor in the
+coves, or sailing from inlet to inlet, bartering his plunder with any
+ship he met, giving presents to the friendly, and ransacking those who
+resisted. His nights he spent in revelries with the planters, to whom he
+made presents of rum and sugar, sometimes, when he grew moody, laying
+them under contribution, and even bullying his confederate, the
+villainous governor.
+
+The plundered sloops, finding no justice could be obtained in Carolina,
+determined with great secresy to send a deputation to the Governor of
+Virginia, and to solicit a man-of-war to destroy the pirates.
+
+The governor instantly complied with their request. The next Sunday a
+proclamation was read in every church and chapel in Virginia, and by the
+sheriffs at their country houses. For Blackbeard's head L100 was
+offered, if brought in within the year, for his lieutenant's L20, for
+inferior officers L10, and for the common sailors L10. The _Pearl_ and
+_Lime_, men-of-war, lying in St. James's river, manned a couple of small
+sloops, supplied by the governor. They had no guns mounted, but were
+well supplied with small arms and ammunition. The command was given to
+Lieutenant Robert Maynard, of the _Pearl_, a man of courage and
+resolution.
+
+On the 7th of November the Lieutenant sailed from Picquetan, and on the
+evening of the 21st reached the mouth of the Ollereco inlet, and
+sighted the pirates. Great secresy was observed: all boats and vessels
+met going up the river were stopped to prevent Blackbeard knowing of
+their approach. But the governor contrived to put him on his guard, and
+sent back four of his men, whom he found lounging about the town.
+
+Blackbeard, frequently alarmed by such reports, gave no credit to the
+messenger, till he saw the sloops. He instantly cleared his decks,
+having only twenty-five of his forty men on board. Having prepared for
+battle with all the coolness of an old desperado, he spent the night in
+drinking with the master of a trading sloop, who seemed to be in his
+pay.
+
+Maynard, finding the place shoal and the channel intricate, dropped
+anchor, knowing there was no reaching the pirate that night. The next
+morning early he weighed, sent his boat ahead to sound, and, coming
+within gunshot of Teach, received his fire. The lieutenant then, boldly
+hoisting the king's colours, made at him with all speed of sail and oar,
+part of his men keeping up a discharge of small arms. Teach then cut
+cable and made a running fight, discharging his big guns. In a little
+time the pirate ran aground, and the royal vessel drawing more water
+anchored within half a gunshot. The lieutenant then threw his ballast
+overboard, staved all his water, and then weighed and stood in for the
+enemy.
+
+Blackbeard, loudly cursing, hailed him. "D---- you villains, who are
+you? From whence come you?" The lieutenant replied, "You see by our
+colours we are no pirates." Teach bade him send a boat on board that he
+might know who he was. Maynard answered that he could not spare his
+boat, but would soon board with his sloop. Whereupon Blackbeard,
+drinking to him, cried, "Devil seize my soul if I give you quarter or
+take any." Maynard at once replied, "He should neither give nor take
+quarter."
+
+By this Blackbeard's sloop floated, and the royal boats were fast
+approaching.
+
+The sloops being scarcely a foot high in the waist, the men were exposed
+as they toiled at the sweeps. Hitherto few on either side had fallen.
+Suddenly Blackbeard poured in a broadside of grape, and killed twenty
+men on board one ship and nine on board the other; his vessel then fell
+broadside to the shore to keep its one side protected, and the disabled
+sloop fell astern. The Virginia men still kept to their oars, however
+exposed, because otherwise, there being no wind, the pirate would
+certainly have escaped.
+
+Maynard finding his own sloop had way, and would soon be on board,
+ordered his men all down below, for fear of another broadside, which
+would have been his total destruction. He himself was the only man that
+kept the deck, even the man at the helm lying down snug; the men in the
+hold were ordered to get their pistols and cutlasses ready for close
+fighting, and to come up the companion at a moment's signal. Two ladders
+were placed in the hatchway ready for the word. As they boarded, Teach's
+men threw in grenades made of case-bottles, filled with powder, shot,
+and slugs, and fired with a quick match. Blackbeard, seeing no one on
+board, cried out, "They are all knocked on the head except three or
+four, and therefore I will jump on board and cut to pieces those that
+are still alive."
+
+Under smoke of one of the fire-pots he leaped over the sloop's bows,
+followed by fourteen men. For a moment he was not heard, during the
+explosion, nor seen for the smoke. Directly the air cleared Maynard gave
+the signal, and his men, rising in an instant, attacked the pirates with
+a rush and a cheer.
+
+Blackbeard and the lieutenant fired the first pistols at each other, and
+then engaged with sabres till the lieutenant's broke. Stepping back to
+cock his pistol, Blackbeard was in the act of cutting him down, when one
+of Maynard's men gave the pirate a terrible gash in the throat, and the
+lieutenant escaped with a small cut over his fingers.
+
+They were now hotly engaged, Blackbeard and his fourteen men--the
+lieutenant and his twelve. The sea grew red round the vessel. The ball
+from Maynard's first pistol shot Blackbeard in the body, but he stood
+his ground, and fought with fury till he received twenty cuts and five
+more shot. Having already fired several pistols (for he wore many in his
+sash), he fell dead as he was cocking another. Eight of his fourteen
+companions having now fallen, the rest, much wounded, leaped overboard
+and called for quarter, which was granted till the gibbet could be got
+ready.
+
+The other vessel now coming up attacked the rest of the pirates, and
+compelled them to surrender. So ended a man that in a good cause had
+proved a Leonidas.
+
+With great guns the lieutenant might have destroyed him with less loss,
+but no large vessel would have got up the river, so shallow, that, small
+as it was, the sloop grounded a hundred times. The very broadside,
+although destructive, saved the lives of the survivors, for Blackbeard,
+expecting to be boarded, had placed a daring fellow, a negro named
+Caesar, in the powder room, with orders to blow it up at a given signal.
+It was with great difficulty that two prisoners in the hold dissuaded
+him from the deed when he heard of his captain's death.
+
+The lieutenant cutting off Blackbeard's head, hung it at his boltsprit
+end, and sailed into Bath Town to get relief for his wounded men. In
+rummaging the sloop, the connivance of the governor was detected; the
+secretary, falling sick with fear, died in a few days, and the governor
+was compelled to refund the hogsheads.
+
+When the wounded men began to recover, the lieutenant sailed back into
+James's river, with the black head still hanging from the spar, and
+bringing fifteen prisoners, thirteen of whom were hung.
+
+Of the two survivors, one was an unlucky fellow captured only the night
+before the engagement, who had received no less than seventy wounds, but
+was cured of them all and recovered. The other was the master of the
+pirate sloop, who had been shot by Blackbeard, and put on shore at Bath
+Town. His wound he received in the following way: One night, drinking in
+the cabin with the mate, a pilot, and another sailor, Blackbeard,
+without any provocation, drew out a small pair of pistols and cocked
+them under the table. The sailor, perceiving this, said nothing, but
+got up and went on deck. The pistols being ready, Blackbeard blew out
+the candle, and, crossing his hands under the table, discharged the
+pistols. The master fell shot through the knee, lamed for life, the
+other bullet hit no one. Being asked the meaning of this cruelty,
+Blackbeard answered, by swearing that if he did not kill one of them now
+and then, they would forget who he was.
+
+This man was about to be executed, when a ship arrived from England with
+a proclamation prolonging the time of pardon to those who would
+surrender. He pleaded this, was released, and ended his days as a beggar
+in London.
+
+It is a singular fact that many of Blackbeard's captors themselves
+eventually turned pirates.
+
+Teach derived his nickname from his long black beard, which he twisted
+with ribbons into small tails, and turned about his ears. This beard was
+more terrible to America than a comet, say his historians. In time of
+action he wore a sling over his shoulders, with three brace of pistols
+hanging to it in holsters like bandoliers. He then stuck lighted matches
+under his hat, and this, with his natural fierce and wild eyes, gave him
+the aspect of a demon.
+
+His frolics were truly satanic, and only madness can furnish us with any
+excuse for such crimes. Pre-eminent in wickedness, he was constantly
+resorting to artifices to maintain that pre-eminence. One day at sea,
+when flushed with drink, "Come," said he, "let us make a hell of our
+own, and try how long we can bear it." He then, with two or three
+others, went down into the hold, and, closing up all the hatches,
+lighted some pots of brimstone, and continued till the men, nearly
+suffocated, cried for air and pushed up the hatches. Blackbeard
+triumphed in having held out longest.
+
+The night before he was killed, as he was drinking, one of his men asked
+him, if anything should happen to him, if his wife knew where he had
+buried his money. He answered that nobody but himself and the devil
+knew where it was, and the longest liver should have all.
+
+These blasphemies had filled the crew with superstitious fears, and
+perhaps unnerved their arms in the last struggle. The survivors declared
+that, once upon a cruise, a man was found on board more than the crew,
+sometimes below and sometimes above. No one knew whence he came and who
+he was, but believed him to be the devil, as he disappeared shortly
+before their great ship was cast away.
+
+In Blackbeard's journal were found many entries illustrating the fear
+and misery of a pirate's life. For instance--
+
+"3rd June, all rum out; our company somewhat sober; rogues a plotting;
+great talk of separation; so I looked sharp for a prize. 5th June, took
+one with a great deal of liquor on board, so kept the company hot, d----
+hot; then all things went well again."
+
+Some sugar, cocoa, indigo, and cotton were found on board the pirate
+sloops, and some in a tent on the shore. This, with the sloop, sold for
+L2500. The whole was divided amongst the crews of the _Lime_ and
+_Pearl_, the brave captors getting no more than their dividend, and that
+very tardily paid, as such things usually are by English governments.
+
+CAPTAIN ENGLAND began life as mate of a Jamaica sloop, and being taken
+by a pirate named Winter, before Providence was turned into a freebooter
+fortress, became master of a piratical vessel. He soon became remarkable
+for his courage and generosity.
+
+When Providence was taken by the English, England sailed to the African
+coast, a hot place, but not too hot for him, like the shores of the
+main. He here took several ships, among others the _Cadogan_, bound from
+Bristol to Sierra Leone--Skinner, master. Some of England's crew had
+formerly served in this ship, and, having proved mutinous, had been
+mulcted of their wages and sent on board a man of war, from whence
+deserting to a West Indian sloop, they were taken by pirates, and
+eventually joined England and started for a cruise.
+
+As soon as Skinner struck to the black flag, he was ordered on board
+the pirate. The first person he saw was his old boatswain, who addressed
+him with a sneer of suppressed hatred. "Ah, Captain Skinner," said he,
+"is that you? the very man I wished to see. I am much in your debt, and
+will pay you now in your own coin."
+
+The brave seaman trembled, for he knew his fate, and shuddered as an ox
+does when it smells the blood of a slaughter-house. The boatswain,
+instantly shouting to his companions, bound the captain fast to the
+windlass. They then, amidst roars of cruel laughter, pelted him with
+glass bottles till he was cut and gashed in a dreadful manner. After
+this, they whipped him round the deck till they were weary, in spite of
+his prayers and entreaties. At last, vowing that he should have an easy
+death, as he had been a good master to his men, they shot him through
+the head. England then plundered the vessel and gave it to the mate and
+the crew of murderers, and they sailed with it till they reached death's
+door, and the port whose name is terrible.
+
+Taking soon after a ship called the _Pearl_, England fitted her up for
+his own use, and re-christened her the _Royal James_. With her they took
+several vessels of various nations at the Azores and Cape de Verd
+Islands.
+
+In 1719 the rovers returned to Africa, and, beginning at the river
+Gambia, sailed all down the torrid coast as far as Cape Corso. In this
+trip they captured the _Eagle Pink_, six guns, the _Charlotte_, eight
+guns, the _Sarah_, four guns, the _Wentworth_, twelve guns, the _Buck_,
+two guns, the _Castanet_, four guns, the _Mercury_, four guns, the
+_Coward_, two guns, and the _Elizabeth_ and _Catherine_, six guns. Three
+of these vessels they let go, and four they burnt. Two they fitted up as
+pirates, and calling them the _Queen Anne's Revenge_ and the _Flying
+King_, many of the prisoners joined their bands.
+
+These two ships sailed to the West Indies, and careening, started for
+Brazil, taking several Portuguese vessels, but were finally driven off
+by a Portuguese man-of-war. The _Revenge_ escaped, but soon after went
+down at sea; the _Flying King_ ran ashore; twelve of the seventy men
+were killed, and the rest taken prisoners. Thirty-two English, three
+Dutch, and two Frenchmen of these were at once hung.
+
+But to return to England. In going down the coast, he captured two more
+vessels, and detained one, releasing the other. Two other ships, seeing
+them coming, got safe under the guns of Cape Corso castle. The pirates,
+turning their last prize into a fire-ship, resolved to destroy both the
+fugitives, but, the castle firing hotly upon them, they retreated, and
+at Whydah road found Captain la Bouche, another pirate, had forestalled
+their market.
+
+Here England fitted up a Bristol galley for his own use, calling it the
+_Victory_. Committing many insolences on shore, the negroes rose upon
+them and compelled them to retire to their ship, when they had fired one
+village, and killed many of the natives.
+
+They now put it to the vote what voyage to take, and, deciding for the
+East Indies, arrived at Madagascar (1720), and, taking in water and
+provisions, sailed for the coast of Malabar, in the Mogul's territory.
+They took several Indian vessels, and one Dutch, which they exchanged
+for one of their own, and then returned to Madagascar. England now sent
+some men on shore, with tents, powder, and shot, to kill hogs, and
+procure venison, but they searched in vain for Avery's men.
+
+Cleaning their ships, they then set sail for Panama, falling in with two
+English ships, and one Dutch, all Indiamen. Fourteen of La Bouche's crew
+boarded the Englishmen in canoes, declaring that they belonged to the
+_Indian Queen_, twenty-eight guns, which had been lost on that coast,
+and that their captain, with forty men, was building a new vessel. The
+two English captains, Mackra and Reily, were about to sink and destroy
+these castaways, when England's two vessels, of thirty-four and
+thirty-eight guns, stood in to the bay. In spite of all promises of aid,
+the _Ostender_ and _Kirby_ deserted Mackra, a breeze admitting of their
+escape, while the pirate's black and bloody flags were still flaunting
+the air. Mackra, undaunted by their desertion, fought desperately for
+three hours, beating off one of the pirates, striking her between wind
+and water, and shooting away their oars, when they put out their sweeps
+and tried to board. Mackra being wounded in the head, and most of his
+officers killed, ran ashore, and England following, ran also aground,
+and failed in boarding. The engagement then commenced with fresh vigour,
+and, had Kirby come up, the pirates would have been driven off. England,
+obtaining three boats full of fresh men, was now in the ascendant, and
+soon after Kirby stood out to sea, leaving his companion in the very
+jaws of death. Mackra, seeing death inevitable, lowered the boats and
+escaped to land, under cover of the smoke, and the pirate, soon after
+boarding, cut three of their wounded men in pieces. The survivors fled
+to Kingstown, a place twenty-five miles distant.
+
+England offered 10,000 dollars for Mackra's head, but the king and chief
+people being in his interest, and a report being spread of his death, he
+remained safe for ten days, then obtaining a safe conduct from the
+pirate, Mackra had an interview with their chief. England and some men
+who had once sailed with Mackra protected him from those who would have
+cut him to pieces, with all who would not turn rovers. Finding that they
+talked of burning their own ships, and refitting the English prize,
+Mackra prevailed on them to give him the shattered ship, the _Fancy_, of
+Dutch build, and 300 tons burden, and also to return 129 bales of the
+Company's cloth.
+
+Fitting up jury masts, Mackra sailed for Bombay, with forty-five
+sailors, two passengers, and twelve soldiers, arriving after much
+suffering, and a passage of forty-three days, frequently becalmed
+between Arabia and Malabar. In the engagement he had thirteen men killed
+and twenty-four wounded, and killed nearly a hundred of the pirates. If
+Kirby had proved staunch, he might have destroyed them both, and secured
+L100,000 of booty. Opposed to him were 300 whites and eighty blacks. We
+are happy to record that this brave fellow was well rewarded, and
+honoured with fresh command.
+
+Nothing but despair could have driven Mackra, he said in his published
+account, to throw himself upon the pirates' mercy, still wounded and
+bleeding as they were. He did not either seem to know how friendly the
+Guiana people were to the English, so much so, that there was a proverb,
+"A Guiana man and an Englishman are all one."
+
+When he first came on board, England took him aside and told him that
+his interest was declining among his crew, that they were provoked at
+his opposition to their cruelty, and that he should not be able to
+protect him. He advised him, therefore, to win over Captain Taylor, a
+man who had become a favourite amongst them by his superiority in
+wickedness. Mackra tried to soften this wretch with a bowl of punch, and
+the pirates were in a tumult whether to kill him or no, when a sailor,
+stuck round with pistols, came stumping upon a wooden leg up the
+quarterdeck and asked for Captain Mackra, swearing and vapouring, and
+twirling a tremendous pair of whiskers. The captain, expecting he was
+his executioner, called out his name. To his delight, the bravo seized
+him by the hand, and, shaking it violently, swore he was d----d glad to
+see him. "Show me the man," cries he, "that dares offer to hurt Captain
+Mackra, for I'll stand by him; he's an honest fellow, and I know him
+well."
+
+This put an end to the dispute. Taylor consented to give the ship, and
+fell asleep on the deck. Mackra put off instantly, by England's advice,
+lest the monster should awake and change his mind.
+
+This clemency soon led to England's deposition, and on a rumour that
+Mackra was fitting out a force against them, he was marooned with three
+more on the island of Mauritius, and making a boat of drift wood,
+escaped to Madagascar.
+
+The pirate, detaining some of Mackra's men, set sail for the Indies.
+Seeing two ships which they supposed to be English, they commanded one
+of their prisoners to show them the Company's private signals, or they
+would cut him in pound pieces. On approaching, they proved to be Moorish
+ships from Muscat, loaded with horses. They rifled the ships and put
+the officers to the torture, and left them without sails and with the
+masts cut through.
+
+The next day they fell in with the Bombay fleet of eight vessels and 100
+men, despatched to attack Angria, a Malabar chief. Afraid to show their
+fear, the pirates attacked the fleet and destroyed two laggers,
+torturing the crew and sending them adrift. The commodore of the fleet
+would not fight the pirates without orders, which so enraged the
+governor of Bombay, that he appointed Mackra the commander, and enjoined
+him to pursue and engage England wherever he met him.
+
+Some time after this, the same fleet, aided by the Viceroy of Goa,
+landed 10,000 men at Calabar, Angria's stronghold, but were compelled to
+retreat.
+
+The next day between Goa and Carwar the pirates drove two grabs under
+the guns of India-diva castle, and would have taken the island but for
+the delay. At Carwar they took a ship, and sent in a prisoner to demand
+water and provisions, for which they offered to surrender their prize.
+Failing in this they sailed for the Laccadeva islands, and landing at
+Melinda, violated the women, destroyed the cocoa trees, and burnt the
+churches. At Tellechery they heard of Mackra's expedition, and cursed
+his ingratitude. Some wished to hang the dogs who were left, but the
+majority agreed to keep them alive to show their contempt and revenge.
+
+At Calicut they attempted to take a large Moorish ship in the roads, but
+were prevented by some guns mounted on the shore. One of Mackra's men
+they obliged to tend the braces on the booms amid all the fire. When he
+refused, they threatened to shoot him or loaded him with blows. His old
+tormentor, Captain Taylor, being gouty, could not hold a cudgel. Some
+interceded for him, but Taylor declared if he was let go he would
+disclose all their plans.
+
+They next arrived at Cochin, and, sending on shore a fishing boat with a
+letter, ran into the road, saluting the fort. At night boats came off
+with provisions and liquor. The governor sent a boat full of arrack and
+sixty bales of sugar, and received in return a present of a table clock,
+and a gold watch for his daughter. The boatmen they paid some L7000, and
+threw them handfuls of ducatoons to scramble for. The fiscal brought out
+cloths and piece goods for sale, but the fort opened fire when they
+chased a vessel under its shelter. They were soon after chased by five
+tall ships, supposed to be Mackra's, but escaped. Their Christmas for
+three days they spent in a carouse, using the greater part of their
+fresh provisions, so that in their voyage to the Mauritius they were
+reduced to a bottle of water and two pounds of beef a day for ten men.
+
+Fitting up at Mauritius, they sailed again in two months, leaving this
+inscription on one of the walls: "Left this place the 5th of April, to
+go to Madagascar for limes." At the island of Mascarius they fell upon a
+great prize, finding the Viceroy of Goa in a Portuguese ship of seventy
+guns, lying dismasted on the shore. Of diamonds alone she had a cargo
+worth four millions of dollars. The viceroy coming calmly on board,
+taking them for English, was captured with all his officers, and
+ransomed for 2000 dollars. To the leeward of the island they found an
+Ostend vessel, which they sent to Madagascar to prepare masts for the
+prize, and followed soon after with a cargo of 2000 Mozambique negroes.
+When they reached Madagascar they found that the Dutch crew had made the
+pirates drunk, and sailed back to Mozambique, and from thence to Goa
+with the governor.
+
+They now divided their plunder, most of them receiving forty-two small
+diamonds as their share. The madman, who obtained one large one, broke
+it in a mortar, swearing he had got now a better share than any of them,
+for he had forty-three sparks.
+
+Some of the pirates now gave up their wild life and settled in
+_matelotage_ at Madagascar, on the tontine principle of the longest
+liver inheriting all.
+
+The two prizes were then burnt, and Taylor sailed for Cochin to sell his
+diamonds to the Dutch, and thence to the Red and China Seas, to avoid
+the English men-of-war.
+
+The pirates, about this time, had 11 sail and 1500 men in the Indian
+seas, but soon separated for the coast of Brazil and Guinea, or to
+settle and fortify themselves at Madagascar, Mauritius, Johanna, and
+Mohilla. A pirate named Condin, in a ship called the _Dragon_, took a
+vessel from Mocha with thirteen lacs of rupees (130,000 half-crowns),
+and burning the ship settled at Madagascar. The commander of the English
+fleet, still in pursuit of these pirates, attempted to prevail on
+England to serve him as spy and pilot, but in vain.
+
+Taylor, resolving to sail to the Indies, but hearing of the four
+men-of-war, started for the African main, and put into Delagoa,
+destroying a small fort of six guns. This fort belonged to the Dutch
+East India Company, but its 150 men had been deserted, and left to pine
+away and starve; sixteen turned pirates, but the rest, being Dutch, were
+left to die. They stayed in this den of fever three months, and having
+careened, paid the Dutch with bales of muslins and chintzes.
+
+Some now left, and returned to settle in Madagascar. The rest sailed for
+the West Indies, and, escaping the fangs of two English men-of-war,
+surrendered themselves to the Governor of Porto Bello. Eight of them
+afterwards passed to Jamaica as shipwrecked sailors, and shipped for
+England. Captain Taylor entered the Spanish service, and commanded the
+man-of-war that afterwards attacked the English logwood-cutters in the
+bay of Honduras, and caused the Spanish war.
+
+CAPTAIN AVERY was a more remarkable man than England, and his ambition
+of a wider kind. He was a native of Plymouth, and served as mate of a
+merchant vessel in several voyages. Before the peace of Ryswick, the
+French of Martinique carried on a smuggling trade with the natives of
+Peru, in spite of the Spanish _guarda costas_. The Spaniards, finding
+their vessels too weak for the French, hired two Bristol vessels of
+thirty guns and 220 men, which were to sail first to Corunna or the
+Groine, and from thence to the main.
+
+Of one of these ships, the _Duke_, Gibson was commander, and Avery first
+mate. Avery, planning with the boldest and most turbulent of the crew,
+plotted to run away with the vessels, and turn pirates on the Indian
+coasts.
+
+The captain, a man much addicted to drink, had gone to bed, when sixteen
+conspirators from the other vessel, the _Duchess_, came on board and
+joined the company. Their watchword was, "Is your drunken boatswain on
+board?" Securing the hatches, they slipped their cable and put to sea,
+without any disorder, although surrounded by vessels. A Dutch frigate of
+forty guns refused to interrupt their progress, although offered a
+reward.
+
+The captain, awoke by the motion of the ship and the noise of working
+the tackle, rang his bell, and Avery and two others entered the cabin.
+The captain, frightened and thinking the ship had broken from her
+anchors, asked, "What was the matter?" Avery replied coolly, "Nothing."
+The captain answered, "Something has happened to the ship; does she
+drive? what weather is it?" "No, no," said Avery, "we're at sea with a
+fair wind and good weather." "At sea?" said the captain, "how can that
+be?" Upon which Avery told him to get up and put on his clothes, and he
+could tell him a secret, for he (Avery) was captain, and that was his
+cabin, and that he was on his way to Madagascar to make his fortune and
+that of all the brave fellows who were with him.
+
+Avery then bade the captain not to be afraid, for if he was sober and
+minded his business, he might in time make him one of his lieutenants.
+At his request, however, he sent him on shore with six others.
+
+On reaching Madagascar they found two sloops lying at anchor, which the
+men had run away with from the West Indies, and who, taking his vessel
+for a frigate, fled into the woods and posted themselves in a strong
+place with sentinels. Discovering their mistake, after some cautious
+parleying, they united together and sailed for the Arabian coast. Near
+the river Indus they espied a sail and gave chase, believing they had
+caught a Dutch East Indian ship, but found it to be one of the Great
+Mogul's vessels, carrying his daughter with pilgrims and offerings to
+Mecca. The sloops boarded her on either side, and she at once struck her
+colours. The Indian ship was loaded with treasure, the slaves and
+attendants richly clad and covered with jewels, and all having vessels
+of gold and silver, and large sums of money to defray their expenses in
+the land journey.
+
+Taking all the treasure, they let the princess go, and the ship put back
+for India. The Mogul, on learning it, threatened to drive the English
+from India with fire and sword, but the Company contrived to pacify him
+by promising to deliver up to him the pirate ship and her crew.
+
+The rumours of this adventure occasioned a report at Wapping that Jack
+Avery had married the Great Mogul's daughter, founded an empire, and
+purchased a fleet.
+
+Avery, having secured his prize, determined to return to Madagascar,
+build a fort and magazine where he could leave a garrison to overawe
+the natives when he was absent on a cruise. A fresh scheme suggesting
+itself, he resolved to plunder his friends the sloops, and return to New
+Providence. He began by sending a boat on board each of his allies,
+desiring their captain to come and attend a general council. At this
+meeting he represented to them that if they were separated in a storm
+they must be taken, and the treasure would then be lost to the rest. He
+therefore proposed, as his ship was so strong that it could hold its own
+against any vessel they could meet with on those seas, to put the
+treasure on board in his care, in a chest sealed with three seals, and
+that a rendezvous should be appointed in case of separation. The two
+captains at once agreed to the proposal as manifestly for the common
+good.
+
+That day and the next the weather was fair, and they all kept company.
+In the mean time Avery persuaded his men to abscond with the plunder,
+and escape to some country where they might spend the rest of their days
+in splendour and luxury. Taking advantage of a dark night, they steered
+a new course, and by morning had lost sight of the outwitted sloops.
+
+Avery now resolved to steer for America, change his name, purchase a
+settlement, and die in peace and charity with all the world--a calm,
+rich Christian. They first visited New Providence, afraid that they
+might be detected in New England as the deserters from the Groine
+expedition. Avery, pretending that his vessel was a privateer that had
+missed her mark and was sold by the owners, disposed of her to good
+advantage, and bought a sloop.
+
+In this vessel he touched at several parts of the American coast, giving
+his men their dividends, and allowing those who chose to leave the ship.
+The greater part of the diamonds he had concealed at the first plunder
+of the vessel. Some of his men settled at Boston; but he, afraid of
+selling his diamonds in New England, betook himself with a few
+companions to Ireland, putting into one of the northern ports, and
+avoiding St. George's Channel. The sailors now dispersed. Some went to
+Dublin, and some to Cork, to obtain pardons from King William.
+
+Avery, still afraid of being apprehended as a pirate if he offered his
+diamonds for sale, passed over to England, and sent for some Bristol
+friends to Bideford. They agreed, for a commission, to put the stones
+into the hands of Bristol merchants who, being men of wealth and credit,
+would not be suspected. The merchants, after some negotiation, visited
+him at Bideford, and, after many protestations of honour and integrity,
+received several packets of diamonds and some vessels of gold to dispose
+of. They gave him some money for his present necessities and departed.
+Changing his name Avery continued to live at Bideford, visited by those
+relations to whom he confided his secret. The merchants, after many
+letters and much importunity, sent him small supplies of money, scarce
+sufficient to pay his debts and buy him bread. Weary of this life, he
+ventured over privately to Bristol, and to his dismay, when he desired
+them to come to an account with him, they threatened to proclaim him as
+a pirate, for men who had been robbed by him could be found on the
+'Change, in the docks, or in any street.
+
+Afraid of their threats (for he never showed much personal courage), or
+detected by some sailor, he fled to Ireland, and from thence again
+solicited the merchants, but in vain, for a supply. In a short time
+reduced to beggary, he resolved to throw himself upon their throats, and
+obtain money or revenge, and, working his passage on board a trading
+vessel to Plymouth, travelled on foot to Bideford. In a few days he fell
+sick and died, and was buried at the expense of the parish.
+
+To return to the deserted crews of the sloops. They, believing the
+separation an accident, sailed at once to the rendezvous, and then
+discovering the cheat, and having no more fresh provisions, resolved to
+establish themselves on land. They therefore made tents of their sails,
+and unloaded their vessels. On shore they were joined by the crew of a
+privateer which had been despatched by the government of Bermuda to take
+the French factory of Goree, in the river Gambia, and had turned
+pirates by the way, Captain Tew, their captain, capturing a large
+Arabian vessel in the strait of Babelmandel, in spite of its crew and
+300 soldiers. By this prize his men gained L3000 a-piece, and but for
+the cowardice and mutiny of the quartermaster and some others would have
+captured five other ships. This leading to a quarrel, the band left off
+pirating, and retired to Madagascar. Captain Tew sailed to Rhode Island,
+and obtained a pardon.
+
+The pirates lived at Madagascar like little princes, each with his
+harem, and with large retinues of slaves, whom they employed in fishing,
+hunting, and planting rice. The English sided with some of the negro
+princes in their wars, and struck such terror in their adversaries by
+their fire-arms, that whole armies fled at the sight of two or three of
+the white faces. At first, these piratical chieftains waged war on each
+other, but at last, alarmed by a revolt of the negroes, united in strict
+union.
+
+Before this they tied their slaves to trees, and shot them to death for
+the smallest offence; and at last the negroes, uniting in a general
+conspiracy, resolved to murder them all in one night. As they lived
+apart, this would undoubtedly have been done, had not one of their black
+concubines run nearly twenty miles in three hours to discover the plot.
+They instantly, upon this alarm, flocked together in arms, and compelled
+the advancing negroes to retire. This escape made them very cautious.
+They therefore fomented war between the native tribes, but henceforward
+remained neutral. All murderers and outlaws they took under their
+protection, and turned into body-guards, whilst the vanquished they
+defended. By this diplomacy, worthy of the most civilized people, they
+soon grew so powerful and numerous as to be compelled to branch out in
+colonies, parting into tribes, each with their wives and children.
+
+They had now all the power and all the fears of despotism. Their houses
+were citadels, and every hut a fortress. They generally chose a place
+overgrown with wood, and situated near a spring or pool. Round this
+spot they raised a rampart, encircled by a fosse. This wall was straight
+and steep, could not be ascended without scaling ladders, and had but
+one entrance. The hut was so hidden that it might not be seen at a
+distance. The passage that led to it was intricate, labyrinthine, and
+narrow, so that only one person could walk it abreast, and the path
+wound round and round, with so many cross-paths, that any one
+uninitiated might search for hours and not find the cabin. All along the
+sides of the path, huge thorns peculiar to the island were stuck into
+the ground, with points uppermost, like _chevaux-de-frise_, sufficient
+to impale the assailant who ventured by night.
+
+These men were found in this state by Captain Woods Rogers, when he
+visited Madagascar in the _Delicia_ (40 guns), wishing to buy slaves, to
+sell to the Dutch of New Holland. The men he met had been twenty-five
+years on the island, and had not seen a ship for seven years. The petty
+kings of the bush were covered with untanned skins, and were savage
+wretches, overgrown with beard and hair. They bartered slaves for
+cloths, knives, saws, powder, and ball. They went aboard the _Delicia_
+and examined her with care, and, talking familiarly with the men,
+invited them on shore, intending to surprise the ship by night when
+there was a slender watch kept, having plenty of boats and arms. They
+wanted the men to surprise the captain, and clap those who resisted
+under hatches. At a given signal, the negroes were to row on board, and
+then all would start as pirates and roam round the world. The captain,
+observing the intimacy, would not suffer his men to even speak with the
+islanders, choosing an officer to negotiate with them for slaves.
+
+These pirate kings were all foremast men, and could read no more than
+their chief secretaries could write. The chief prince of this Newgate
+paradise had been a Thames waterman, who had committed a murder on the
+river.
+
+As even a few years since an old sailor at Minehead was known as the
+"King of Madagascar," we suppose divine right and hereditary succession
+still continue in that Eden of gaol-birds.
+
+During the time of war the pirates diminished in number and turned
+privateersmen, but increased at the peace of Utrecht, when the disbanded
+privateersmen again turned thieves for want of excitement and some more
+honest employment.
+
+About 1716, Captain Martel appeared as commander of a pirate sloop of
+eight guns and eighty men, that, cruising off Jamaica, captured a galley
+and another small vessel, from the former of which he plundered L1000.
+In their way to Cuba they took two more sloops, which they rummaged and
+let go, and off Cavena hoisted the black flag, and boarded a galley of
+twenty guns, called the _John and Martha_. Part of the men they put
+ashore and part enrolled in the crew.
+
+The cargo of logwood and sugar they seized, and, taking down one of the
+ship's decks, mounted her with twenty-two guns and 100 men, and
+proceeded to cruise off the Leeward Islands, capturing a sloop, a
+brigantine, and a Newfoundland vessel of twenty guns.
+
+They soon after plundered a Jamaica vessel, and two ships from
+Barbadoes, detaining all the best men, and from a Guinea galley they
+stole some gold dust, elephants' teeth, and forty slaves.
+
+In 1717, they put into Santa Cruz to clean and refit with a small
+piratical fleet of five vessels, warping up a little creek, very
+shallow, but guarded by rocks and sands. They then erected a battery of
+four guns on the island, and another of two guns near the road, while a
+sloop with eight guns protected the mouth of the channel.
+
+In November, 1716, the commander-in-chief of all the Leeward islands
+sent a sloop to Barbadoes for the _Scarborough_, of thirty guns and 140
+men, to inform her of the pirate. The captain had just buried twenty
+men, and having forty sick could scarcely put out to sea. However,
+putting on a bold heart, he left his sick behind and beat up for
+recruits at all the islands he passed. At Antigua he took in twenty
+soldiers, at Nevis ten, and the same number at St. Christopher's.
+
+Unable to find the pirate, he was on the point of putting back, when a
+boat from Santa Cruz informed him of a creek where he had seen a vessel
+enter. The _Scarborough_ instantly sailed to the spot and discovered the
+pirates, but the pilot refused to enter. The pirates all this while
+fired red-hot shot from the shore; but at length the ship anchored
+alongside the reef and cannonaded the vessels and batteries. The sloop
+in the channel soon sank, and the larger vessel was much punished, but
+the _Scarborough_, fearing the reef, stood off and on for a day or two
+and blockaded the creek. The pirates, endeavouring to warp out and slip
+away, ran aground, and, seeing the _Scarborough_ again standing in,
+fired the ship and ran ashore, leaving twenty negroes to perish.
+Nineteen escaped in a sloop, and the captain and twenty other negroes
+fled to the woods, where it is supposed they perished, as they were
+never heard of again.
+
+Captain CHARLES VANE, our next Viking, is known as one of the men who
+helped to steal the silver which the Spaniards had fished up from their
+sunk galleons in the gulf of Florida.
+
+When Captain Rogers with his two men-of-war conquered Providence, and
+pardoned all the pirates who submitted, Vane slipped his cable, fired a
+prize in the harbour, hoisted the black flag, and, firing a broadside at
+one of the men-of-war, sailed boldly away. Capturing a Barbadoes vessel,
+he manned it with twenty-five hands, and, unloading an interloper of its
+pieces of eight, careened at a key, and spent some time in a revel.
+
+In the next cruise they captured some Spanish and New England vessels,
+and one laden with logwood. The crew of the latter they compelled to
+throw the lading overboard, intending to turn her into a pirate vessel,
+but in a fit of caprice suddenly let the men go and the ship with them.
+The prize captain, offended at Vane's arrogance, left him, and
+surrendered himself and 90 negroes to the governor of Charlestown,
+receiving a free pardon. Vane saluted the runaway with a broadside as
+he left, and lay wait for some time for him, but without success. Soon
+after this two armed sloops started in pursuit of Vane, and, failing in
+the capture, attacked and took another pirate vessel that was clearing
+at Cape Fear.
+
+In an inlet to the northward Vane met Blackbeard, and saluted him,
+according to piratical etiquette, with a discharge of his shotted guns.
+Off Long Island he attacked a vessel that proved to be a French
+man-of-war, and gave chase; Vane was for flight, but many of the men, in
+spite of the enemy's weight of metal and being twice their force, were
+for boarding. A pirate captain in all cases but that of fighting was
+controlled by a majority, but in this case had an absolute power; Vane
+refused to fight, and escaped.
+
+The next day Vane was branded by vote as a coward and deposed, and
+Rackham, his officer, elected captain. Vane and the minority were turned
+adrift in a sloop. Putting into the bay of Honduras, Vane captured
+another sloop, and fitted it up as a pirate vessel, and soon after
+captured two more. Vane was soon after shipwrecked on an island near
+Honduras, and most of his men drowned; he himself being supported by the
+turtle fishermen. While in this miserable state, a Jamaica vessel
+arrived, commanded by a Buccaneer, an old acquaintance, to whom he
+applied to help him. The man refused, declaring Vane would intrigue with
+his men, murder him, and run off as a pirate. On Vane expressing
+scruples about stealing a fisherman's boat from the beach, the Buccaneer
+declared that if he found him still there on his return he would take
+him to Jamaica and hang him.
+
+Soon after his friend's departure a vessel put in for water, and, not
+knowing Vane to be a pirate, took him on board as a sailor. On leaving
+the bay the Buccaneer met them and came on board to dine. Passing to the
+cabin he spied Vane working in the hold, and asked the captain if he
+knew that that was Vane, the notorious pirate. The other then declared
+he would not have him, and the Buccaneer, sending his mate on board with
+at loaded pistol, seized Vane and took him to Jamaica, where he was
+soon after hung.
+
+Rackham, after a cruise among the Caribbee islands, spent a Christmas on
+shore, and when the liquor was all gone put to sea. Their first prize
+was an ominous one, a ship laden with Newgate convicts bound for the
+plantations, which was soon after retaken by an English ship of war. Two
+others of his prizes were also recaptured while careening at the Bahama
+islands by Governor Rogers, of New Providence.
+
+They then sailed to the back of Cuba, where Rackham had a settlement,
+and there spent their plunder in debauchery. As they were fitting out
+for sea, they were attacked by a Spanish guarda costa that had just
+captured an English interloper. Rackham being protected by an island,
+the Spaniards warped into the channel at dusk and waited for day. The
+pirates, roused to despair, boarded the Spanish prize with pistols and
+cutlasses in the dead of the night, and, threatening the crew with death
+if they spoke, captured her almost without a blow, and slipping the
+cable stood out to sea. When day broke the Spaniards opened a
+tremendous fire upon the deserted pirate vessel, but soon discovered
+their mistake.
+
+1720 was spent in small cruises about Jamaica, their crew being still
+short; they then swept off some fishing boats from Harbour Island, and
+landing in Hispaniola, carried off some wild cattle and several French
+hunters.
+
+He then captured several more vessels, and was joined by the crew of a
+sloop in Dry Harbour Bay. But their end was at hand. The governor of
+Jamaica despatched a sloop in pursuit of them, who found the pirates
+carousing with a boat's crew from Point Negril, and they were soon
+overpowered.
+
+A fortnight after sentence of death was passed upon nine of them at a
+court of admiralty held at St. Jago de la Vega. Five of them were
+executed at Gallows Point in Port Royal, and the four others the day
+after at Kingston. Rackham and two more were afterwards taken down and
+hung in chains, one at Plumb Point, one at Busk-key, and the other at
+Gun-key. By the terrible Draconic laws of Jamaica, the nine boatmen
+from Port Negril were also hung by their side. After such justice, can
+we wonder at the crimes to which despair too often drove the pirates?
+
+Among these "unfortunate brave," as Prior generously calls them, two
+female pirates are not to be forgotten. The first of these, Mary Reed,
+was the daughter of a sailor, whose wife having after his death given
+birth to an illegitimate girl, palmed it off as a boy, in order to
+excite the compassion of her husband's mother. Being reduced in
+circumstances she put the girl out as a foot-boy, but she soon after ran
+to sea, and entered on board a man-of-war. Quitting the sea service Mary
+Reed wintered over in Flanders and obtained a cadetship in a regiment of
+foot, behaving herself in many actions with a great deal of bravery, and
+finally entering a regiment of horse. Here she fell in love with a
+comrade, a young Fleming, whom she eventually married, and set up an
+eating-house at Beda, called "The Three Horse-shoes." Her husband dying,
+and the peace ruining her trade, Mary went into Holland, and joined a
+regiment quartered on a frontier town, but, finding preferment slow, she
+shipped herself on board a vessel bound for the West Indies.
+
+The vessel was taken by English pirates, and the amazon, being the only
+English sailor, was detained. A pardon soon afterwards being issued, the
+crew surrendered themselves, but Mary Reed sailed for New Providence,
+and joined a privateer squadron fitting out there against the Spaniards.
+The crews, who were pardoned pirates, soon rose against their commander,
+and resumed their old trade, and Mary Reed among them. Abhorring the
+life of a pirate, she still was the first to board, and was as resolute
+as the bravest. By chance Anne Bonny, another disguised woman, being
+with the crew, discovered her sex, and soon after she fell in love with
+a sailor whom they took prisoner, and was eventually married to him. Her
+husband hated his new profession as much as herself, and they were about
+to quit it when they were both taken prisoners.
+
+On one occasion Mary Reed, to prevent her husband fighting a duel,
+challenged his opponent to meet her on a sand island near which their
+ship lay, with sword and pistol, and killed him on the spot.
+
+At the trial she declared that her life had been always pure, and that
+she had never intended to remain a pirate. When they were taken, only
+she and Anne Bonny kept the deck, calling to those in the hold to come
+up and fight like men, and when they refused firing at them, killing one
+and wounding several. In prison she said the fear of hanging had never
+driven her from piracy, for but for the dread of that there would be so
+many pirates that the trade would not be worth following.
+
+Great compassion was evinced for her in the court, but she was still
+found guilty, though being near her pregnancy, her execution was
+respited. She might have been pardoned, but a violent fever coming on
+soon after her trial she died in prison.
+
+Her companion, Anne Bonny, was the illegitimate daughter of a Cork
+attorney. Her father, disguising the child as a boy, pretended it was a
+relative's son, and bred it up for a clerk. Becoming ruined he emigrated
+to Carolina, and turning merchant bought a plantation. Upon her mother's
+death Anne Bonny succeeded to the housekeeping. She was of a fierce and
+ungovernable temper, and was reported to have stabbed an English servant
+with a case-knife. Marrying a penniless sailor, her father turned her
+out of doors, and she and her husband fled to New Providence, where he
+turned pirate. Here she was seduced by Captain Rackham, and ran with him
+to sea, dressed as a sailor, and accompanied him in many voyages. The
+day that Rackham was executed she was admitted to see him by special
+favour, but she only taunted him and said that she was sorry to see him
+there, but that if he had fought like a man he would not have been hung
+like a dog.
+
+Becoming pregnant in prison she was reprieved, and, we believe, finally
+pardoned.
+
+Captain HOWEL DAVIS, our next sea king, was a native of Milford, who,
+being taken prisoner by England, was appointed captain of the vessel of
+which he had been chief mate. At first, he declared he would rather be
+shot than turn pirate, but eventually accepted sealed orders from
+England, to be opened at a certain latitude. On opening them, he found
+they directed him to make the ship his own, and go and trade at Brazil.
+The crew, refusing to obey Davis, steered for Barbadoes, and put him in
+prison, but he was soon discharged.
+
+Starting for New Providence, the pirates' nest, he found the island had
+just surrendered to Captain Woods Rogers. He here joined the ships
+fitting out for the Spanish trade, and at Martinique joined in a
+conspiracy, secured the masters, and started on a cruise against all the
+world. At a council of war, held over a bowl of punch, Davis was
+unanimously elected commander, and the articles he drew up were signed
+by all the crew.
+
+They then sailed to Coxon's-hole, at the east end of Cuba, to clean,
+that being a narrow creek, where one ship could defend itself against a
+hundred, and, having no carpenter, they found some difficulty in
+careening. On the north side of Hispaniola, they fell in with a French
+ship of twelve guns, which they took, and sent twelve men on board to
+plunder, being now very short of provisions. They had scarcely leaped on
+deck before another French vessel of twenty-four guns and sixty men hove
+in sight. This vessel Davis proposed to attack, quite contrary to the
+wish of his crew, who were afraid of her size. When Davis approached,
+the Frenchmen bade him strike, but giving them a broadside, he said he
+should keep them in play till his consort arrived, when they should have
+but hard quarters. At this moment came up all the prisoners, having been
+dressed in white shirts, and forced on deck, and a dirty tarpaulin was
+hoisted for a black flag. The French captain, intimidated, instantly
+struck, and was at once, with ten of his hands, put in irons.
+
+The guns, small arms, and powder in the small ship were then removed,
+and the prize crew sent on board the larger vessel. Part of the
+prisoners were put in the smaller and now defenceless bark. At the end
+of two days, finding the French prize a dull sailer, Davis restored her
+to the captain, minus her ammunition and cargo. The Frenchman, vexed at
+being so outwitted, would have destroyed himself had not his men
+prevented him.
+
+Davis then visited the Cape de Verd islands, and left some of his men as
+settlers among the Portuguese. They also plundered many vessels at the
+Isle of May, obtained many fresh hands, and fitted one of their prizes
+with twenty-six guns, and called her the _King James_. At St. Jago the
+governor accused them of being pirates, and Davis resolved to resent the
+affront by surprising the fort by night. Going on shore well armed, they
+found the guard negligent, and took the place, losing only three men.
+The fugitives barricaded themselves in the governor's house, into which
+the pirates threw grenades. By daybreak the whole country was alarmed,
+and poured down upon them, but they, unwilling to stand a siege,
+dismounted the fort guns and fought their way to their ships.
+
+Mustering their hands, and finding themselves still seventy strong, they
+proposed to follow Davis's advice, and attack Gambia castle, where a
+great deal of money was always kept, for they had now such an opinion of
+Davis's courage and prudence that they would have followed him anywhere.
+
+Having come within sight of the place, he ordered all his men below but
+such as were absolutely necessary for the working of the vessel, that
+the people on shore might take her for a trader. He then ran close under
+the fort, anchored, and ordering out the boat, manned her with six
+plain-dressed men, himself as the master, and the rest attired as
+merchants. The men were instructed what to say.
+
+At the landing-place they were received by a file of musqueteers, and
+led to the governor, who received them civilly. They said they were from
+Liverpool, bound to the river of Senegal to trade for gums and ivory,
+but being chased to Gambia by two French men-of-war, were willing to
+trade for slaves; their cargo, they said, being all iron and plate. The
+governor, promising them slaves, asked for a hamper of European liquor,
+and invited them to stay and dine. Davis himself refused to stay, but
+left his two companions.
+
+On leaving he observed there was a sentry at the entrance, and a
+guard-house near, with the arms of the soldiers on duty thrown in one
+corner. Going on board he assured his men of success, desired them to
+keep sober, and when the castle flag struck to send twenty hands
+immediately ashore. He then seized a sloop that lay near, for fear the
+crew should discern their preparations.
+
+He put two pairs of loaded pistols in his pocket, and made all his crew
+do the same, bidding them get into conversation with the guard, and when
+he fired a pistol through the governor's window, leap up and secure the
+piled arms.
+
+While dinner was getting ready, the governor began to brew a bowl of
+punch, when Davis, at a whisper of the coxswain who had been
+reconnoitring the house, suddenly drew out a pistol, and, clapping it to
+the governor's breast, bade him surrender the fort and all his riches,
+or he was a dead man. The governor, taken by surprise, promised to be
+passive. They then shut the door, and loaded the arms in the hall, while
+Davis fired his piece through the window. The men, hearing this signal,
+cocked their pistols, got between the soldiers and the arms, and carried
+them off, locking up the men in the guard-room, and guarding it without.
+Then striking the flag, the rest of the crew tumbled on shore, and the
+fort was their own without the loss of a man. Davis at once harangued
+the soldiers, and persuaded many to join him, and those who resisted he
+sent on board the sloop, which he first unrigged. The rest of the day
+they spent in salutes--ship to castle and castle to ship, and the next
+day plundered. Much money had been lately sent away, so they found only
+L2,000 in bar gold, and many rich effects. They then dismounted the
+guns, and demolished the fortifications.
+
+A French pirate of 14 guns, and sixty-four men, half French, half
+negroes, soon joined Davis, and they sailed down the coast together.
+They soon after met another pirate ship, of 24 guns, and spent several
+days in carousing. They then attacked in company the fort of Sierra
+Leone, and the garrison, after a stiff cannonade, surrendered the place
+and fled. Here they spent seven weeks careening; and, capturing a
+galley, La Bouce, the second captain, cut her half deck, and mounted her
+with 24 guns. They now sailed together, and appointed Davis commodore,
+but, like men of a trade, soon quarrelled, and parted company. Off Cape
+Apollonia Davis took several vessels, and off Cape Points Bay attacked a
+Dutch interloper, of 30 guns, and ninety men. After many hours' fighting
+the Dutchman surrendered to the black flag, having killed nine of
+Davis's men at one broadside. This vessel Davis called the _Rover_,
+fitted with 32 guns and 27 swivels, and, sailing to Anamaboe, captured
+several ships laden with ivory, gold dust, and negroes, saluting the
+fort, and then started for Prince's island, a Portuguese settlement near
+the same coast.
+
+They here captured a Dutchman, a valuable prize, having the governor of
+Acra and L150,000, besides merchandise, on board, and recruited their
+force with thirty-five hands. The _King James_ springing a leak, they
+deserted her and left her to sink. At the isle of Princes Davis passed
+himself off for an English man-of-war in search of pirates, and was
+received with great honours by the governor, who approved of his openly
+plundering a French vessel which he accused of piracy. A few days after
+Davis and fourteen of his men attempted to carry off the chief men's
+wives from a small village in which they lived, but failed in the
+attempt. But Davis had determined to plunder the island by means of the
+following stratagem. He resolved to present the governor with a dozen
+negroes in return for his civilities, and afterwards to invite him with
+the friars and chief men of the island to an entertainment on board his
+ship. He would then clap them in irons, and not release them under a
+ransom of L40,000.
+
+This plot proved fatal to him. A Portuguese negro, swimming ashore at
+night, disclosed the whole. The governor dissembled and professed to
+fall into the snare. The next day Davis went himself on shore to bring
+the governor on board, and was invited to take some refreshment at the
+government house. He fell at once into the trap. A prepared ambuscade
+rose and fired a volley, killing every pirate but one, who, running to
+the boat, got safely to the ship. Davis, though shot through the bowels,
+rose, made a faint effort to run, drew out his pistols, fired at his
+pursuers, and fell dead.
+
+Upon Davis's death, Bartholomew Roberts was at once chosen commander, in
+preference to many other of the _lords_ or head seamen. The sailors
+said, that any captain who went beyond their laws should be deposed, but
+that they must have a man of courage and a good seaman to defend their
+commonwealth. One of the lords, whose father had suffered in Monmouth's
+rebellion, swore Roberts was a Papist. In spite of all, Roberts, who
+had been only taken prisoner six weeks before, was chosen commander. He
+told them that, "since he had dipped his hands in muddy water, and must
+needs be a pirate, he would rather be commander than mere seaman."
+
+Their first thought was to avenge Davis's death, for he had been much
+beloved for his affability and good nature. Thirty men were landed, and
+attacked the fort in spite of the steep hill on which it was situated.
+The Portuguese deserted the walls, and the pirates destroyed the guns.
+Still unsatisfied, they would have burnt the town, had it not been
+protected by a thick wood, which furnished a cover to the enemy. They,
+however, mounted the French ship with twelve guns, running into shoal
+water, battered down several houses, and then sailed out of the harbour
+by the light of two ships to which they set fire. Having taken two more
+vessels and burnt one of them, they started by general consent for
+Brazil.
+
+Cruising here for nine weeks and taking no prize, the pirates grew
+quite discouraged, and resolved to steer for the West Indies, but soon
+after fell in with forty-two sail of Portuguese ships laden for Lisbon,
+and lying off the bay of los Todos Santos, waiting for two men-of-war of
+seventy guns each for their convoy. Stealing amongst them, Roberts hid
+his men till he had closed upon the deepest of them, threatening to give
+no quarter if the master was not instantly sent on board. The
+Portuguese, alarmed at the sudden flourish of cutlasses, instantly came.
+Roberts told him they were gentlemen of fortune, and should put him to
+death if he did not tell them which was the richest vessel of the fleet.
+The trembler pointed out a ship of forty guns and 150 men, more force
+than Roberts could command; but Roberts, replying "They are only
+Portuguese," bore down at once upon it. Finding the enemy was aware of
+their being pirates, Roberts poured in a broadside, grappled, and
+boarded. The dispute was short and warm. Two of the pirates fell, and
+many of the Portuguese. By this time it was pretty well seen that a fox
+had got into the poultry-yard. Signals of top-gallant sheets were
+flying, and guns fired to bring up the convoy that still rode at anchor.
+Roberts, finding his prize sail heavy, waited for the first man-of-war,
+which, basely declining the duel, lingered for its consort till Roberts
+was out of sight. The prize proved exceedingly rich, being laden with
+sugar, skins, tobacco, and 4000 moidors, besides many gold chains and
+much jewellery. A diamond cross, which formed part of this spoil, they
+afterwards gave to the governor of Caiana. Elated with this spoil, they
+fixed on the Devil's Islands, in the Surinam river, as a place for a
+revel, and, arriving there, found the governor ready to barter.
+
+Much in want of provision, Roberts threw himself, with forty men, into a
+prize sloop, in hopes of capturing a brigantine laden with provision
+from Rhode Island, which was then in sight, and was kept at sea by
+contrary winds for eight days. Their food ran short, and failing in
+securing the prize, they despatched their only boat to bring up the
+ship.
+
+Landing at Dominica, Roberts took on board thirteen Englishmen, the
+crews of two New England vessels that had been seized by a French guarda
+costa. At this island they were nearly captured by a Martinique sloop,
+but contrived to escape to the Guadanillas. Sailing for Newfoundland
+they entered the harbour with their black colours flying, their drums
+beating, and trumpets sounding. The crews of twenty-two vessels fled on
+shore at their approach, and they proceeded to burn and sink all the
+shipping and destroy the fisheries and the houses of the planters.
+Mounting a Bristol galley that he found in the harbour with sixteen
+guns, Roberts destroyed nine sail of French ships, and carried off for
+his own use a vessel of twenty-six guns. From many other prizes they
+pressed men and got plunder. The passengers on board the _Samuel_, a
+rich London vessel, he tortured, threatening them with death if they did
+not disclose their money. His men tore up the hatches, and, entering the
+hold with axes and swords, cut and ripped open the bales and boxes.
+Everything portable they seized, the rest they threw overboard, amidst
+curses and discharges of guns and pistols. They carried off L9000 worth
+of goods, the sails, guns, and powder. They told the captain "They
+should accept of no act of grace. The king might be d---- with their act
+of grace for them: they weren't going to Hope Point to be hung up
+sun-drying like Kidd's and Braddish's company were; and if they were
+overpowered they would set fire to the powder, and _go all merrily to
+hell together_."
+
+While debating whether to sink or burn the prize, they espied a sail,
+and left the _Samuel_ tumultuously to give chase. It proved to be a
+Bristol vessel, and hating Bristol men because the Martinique sloops
+were commanded by one, he used him with barbarous cruelty.
+
+Their provisions growing scarce, Roberts put into St. Christopher's,
+and, being refused succours, fired on the town and burnt two ships in
+the road. They then visited St. Bartholomew, where they were well
+received. Sailing for Guinea, weary of even debauchery, they captured a
+rich laden vessel from Martinique, and changed ships. By some
+extraordinary ignorance of navigation, Roberts, in trying to reach the
+Cape Verd islands, got to leeward of his port, and, obliged to go back
+again with the trade wind, returned to the West Indies, steering for
+Surinam, 700 leagues distant, with one hogshead of water for 124 souls.
+
+Great suffering followed their pleasures in the islands of the Sirens;
+each man obtained only one mouthful of water in twenty-four hours. Many
+drank their urine or the brine and died fevered and mad; others wasted
+with fluxes. The rest had but an inch or two of bread in the day, and
+grew so feeble they could hardly reef and climb. They were all but
+dying, when they were suddenly brought into soundings, and at night
+anchored in seven fathoms water.
+
+Thirsty in the sight of lakes and streams, and maddened with hunger,
+Roberts tore up the floor of the cabin, and, patching together a canoe
+with rope yarn, paddled to shore and procured water. After some days,
+the boat returned with the unpleasant intelligence that the lieutenant
+had absconded with the vessel.
+
+This Lieutenant Kennedy's sail into Execution Dock we will give before
+we return to Roberts. Upon leaving Caiana Roberts's treacherous crew
+determined to abandon piracy. Their Portuguese prize they gave to the
+master of the prize sloop, a good-natured man, whose quiet philosophy
+under misfortune had astonished and pleased them. Off Barbadoes Kennedy
+took a Quaker's vessel from Virginia, the captain of which allowed no
+arms on board, and his equanimity so attracted the pirates that eight of
+them returned with him to Virginia. These men rewarded the sailors and
+gave L250 worth of gold dust and tobacco to the peaceful captain. At
+Maryland the treacherous Quaker surrendered his friends, who were all
+hung on the evidence of some Portuguese Jews whom they had brought from
+Brazil.
+
+Off Jamaica Kennedy captured a flour vessel from Boston, in which
+himself and many others embarked. This Kennedy had been a pickpocket and
+a housebreaker, could neither read nor write, and had been only elected
+captain for his cruelty and courage.
+
+His crew, at first afraid of his treachery, would have thrown him
+overboard, but relented, on his taking solemn oaths of fidelity. Of all
+these men only one knew anything of navigation, and he was so ignorant
+that, trying to reach Ireland, he ran them ashore on Scotland. Landing
+they passed at first for shipwrecked sailors; seven of them reached
+London in safety, the rest were seized at Edinburgh and hung, having
+attracted attention by rioting and drunken squandering. Two others were
+murdered on the road.
+
+Kennedy turned robber, and some years after was arrested as a pirate by
+the mate of a ship he had plundered, turned king's evidence, but was
+hung in 1721.
+
+We must now return to Roberts, whom we left swearing and vapouring on
+the coast of Newfoundland. He began by drawing up a code of laws and
+establishing stricter discipline, and then steered for the West Indies,
+capturing several vessels by the way, and was soon after pursued by a
+Bristol galley of twenty guns and eighty men, and a sloop of ten guns
+and forty men, despatched by the Governor of Barbadoes. Roberts, taking
+them for traders, attempted to board, but was driven off by a broadside,
+the king's men huzzaing as they fired. Roberts, crowding all sail, took
+to flight and escaped, after a galling pursuit, by dint of throwing
+overboard his guns and heavy goods. He was henceforward particularly
+severe to Barbadian vessels, so deeply established were the principles
+of justice and compensation in the mind of this great man.
+
+In the morning, they saw land, but at a great distance, and dispatching
+a boat, it returned late at night with a load of water: they had reached
+Surinam. The worst blasphemer heard the words, and fell upon his knees
+to thank a God whom he had so often denied. They swore that the same
+Providence which had given them drink would bring them meat.
+
+Taking provisions from several vessels, Roberts touched at Tobago, and
+then sailed to Martinique to revenge himself on the governor. Adopting
+the custom of the Dutch interlopers, he hoisted a jack and sailed in as
+if to trade. He was soon surrounded by a swarm of sloops and smacks;
+then sending all the crews on shore on board one vessel, minus their
+money, he fired twenty others. His new flag bore henceforward a
+representation of himself trampling on the skulls of a Barbadian and
+Martinique man. At Dominica he took several vessels, and several others
+at Guadaloupe, and then put into a key off Hispaniola to clean and
+refit.
+
+While here, the captains of two piratical sloops visited him, having
+heard of his fame and achievements, to beg from him powder and arms.
+After several nights' revel, Roberts dismissed them, hoping "the Lord
+would prosper their handy works." Three of their men, who had long
+excited suspicion by their reserve and sobriety, deserted, but being
+recaptured were put upon their trial. The jury sat in the steerage,
+before a bowl of rum punch; the judge on the bench smoked a pipe.
+Sentence was already passed, when one of the jury, with a volley of
+oaths, swore Glashby (one of the prisoners) should not die. "He was as
+good a man as the best of them, and had never turned his back to a man
+in his life. Glashby was an honest fellow in spite of his misfortune,
+and he loved him. He hoped he would live and repent of what he had done;
+but d---- if he must die, he would die along with him," and as he spoke
+he handled a pair of loaded pistols, and presented them at two of the
+judges, who, thinking the argument good, at once acquitted Glashby. The
+rest, allowed to choose their executioners, were tied to the mast and
+shot.
+
+Amply stocked with provision, they now sailed for Guinea to buy gold
+dust, and on their passage burnt and sank many vessels. Roberts, finding
+his crew mutinous and unmanageable, assumed a rude bearing, offering to
+fight on shore any one who was offended, with sword or pistol, for he
+neither feared nor valued any. On their way to Africa they were deserted
+by a prize, a brigantine, which they had manned. Roberts being insulted
+by a drunken sailor, killed him on the spot. His messmate returning from
+shore declared the captain deserved the same fate. Roberts hearing this
+stabbed him with his sword, but in spite of the wound the seaman threw
+him over a gun and gave him a beating. A general tumult ensued, which
+was appeased by the quartermaster, and the majority agreeing that the
+captain must be supported at all risks, the sailor received two lashes
+from every man on board as soon as he recovered from his wound. This man
+then conspired with the captain of the brigantine and his seventy hands,
+and agreed to desert Roberts, as they soon after did on the first
+opportunity.
+
+Near the river of Senegal the pirates were chased by two French cruisers
+of ten and sixteen guns, who mistook him for one of those interlopers
+for whom they were on the look-out. The pair surrendered, however, with
+little resistance on the first shot of the _Jolly Roger_, and with these
+prizes they put into Sierra Leone. About thirty retired Buccaneers and
+pirates lived here, one of whom, who went by the name of Crackers, kept
+two cannon at his door to salute all pirate ships that arrived.
+
+They found that the _Swallow_ and _Weymouth_ men-of-war, fifty guns, had
+just been there, and would not return till Christmas; so, after six
+weeks' debauch, they put out again to sea, plundering along the coast.
+They exchanged one of their vessels for a French frigate-built ship,
+pressing the sailors, and allowing some soldiers on board to sail with
+them for a quarter share.
+
+They found an English chaplain on board, and wanted him to go with them
+to make punch and say prayers, but as he refused they let him go,
+detaining nothing of the property of the church but three prayer-books
+and a corkscrew. This ship they altered by pulling down the bulkheads
+and making her flush. They then christened her the _Royal Fortune_, and
+mounted her with forty guns.
+
+They next proceeded to Calabar, where a shoal protected the harbour.
+Enraged at the negroes refusing to trade, they landed forty men under
+protection of the ships' fire, drove back a party of 2000 natives, and
+then burnt their town. Still unable to obtain provisions, they returned
+to Cape Apollonia. Here they took a vessel called the _King Solomon_,
+boarding her from the long boat in spite of a volley from the ship, the
+pirates shouting defiance. The captain would have resisted, but the
+boatswain made the men lay down their arms and cry for quarter. They
+then cut her cable, and rifled her of everything. They next cut the mast
+of a Dutch vessel, and strung the sausages they found on board round
+their necks, killing the fowls, and inviting the captain to drink from
+his own but, singing obscene French and Spanish songs from his Dutch
+prayer-book.
+
+Going too near the land they alarmed the coast, and the English and
+Dutch factories spread signals of danger.
+
+Entering Whydah with St. George's ensign and a black flag flying, eleven
+ships instantly surrendered without a blow; most of the crews being, in
+fact, ashore. Each captain ransomed his cargo for 8 lbs. of gold dust,
+upon which they gave him acquittals, signed with sham names, as
+"Whiffingpin" and "Tugmutton." One vessel full of slaves refusing to
+give any ransom, he set fire to it, and burnt eighty negroes who were
+chained in the hold; a few leaped overboard to avoid the flames, and
+were torn to pieces by the sharks that swarmed in the road.
+
+Discovering from an intercepted letter that the _Swallow_ was after him,
+Roberts put back to the island of Anna Bona, but the wind failing
+steered for Cape Lopez. The cruiser had lost 100 men from sickness in a
+three weeks' stay at Prince's island, and, unable to return to Sierra
+Leone, turned to Cape Corso, unknown to Roberts, who was ignorant of the
+causes that had led to their return. Receiving many calls for help, and
+finding the trade of the whole coast disturbed, the _Swallow_ sailed for
+Whydah. The crew were impatient to attack the pirates, learning that
+they had an arms' chest full of gold, secured by three keys. Recruiting
+thirty volunteers, English and French, the _Swallow_ reached the river
+Gaboon, and soon discovered the pirates, one of whom gave them chase,
+believing her a Portuguese sugar vessel, and the sugar for their punch
+now ran short.
+
+The pirates were cursing the wind and the sails that kept them from so
+rich a prey, when the _Ranger_ suddenly brought to and hauled up her
+lower ports, while the first broadside brought down their black flag.
+Hoisting it again, they flourished their cutlasses on the poop, but
+tried to escape. Some prepared to board, but, after two hours' firing,
+their maintop came down with a run, and they struck, having had ten men
+killed and twenty wounded. The _Swallow_ did not lose one. The _Ranger_
+carried thirty-two guns, and was manned by sixteen Frenchmen,
+seventy-seven English, and ten negroes. Their black colours were thrown
+overboard. As the _Swallow_ was sending a boat to board, an explosion
+was heard, and a smoke poured out of the great cabin. It appeared that
+half a dozen of the most desperate had fired some powder, but it was too
+little to do anything but burn them terribly.
+
+The commander, a Welshman, had had his leg shot off, and had refused to
+allow himself to be carried below. The rest were gay and brisk, dressed
+in white shirts and silk waistcoats, and wearing watches.
+
+An officer said to a man whom he saw with a silver whistle at his
+belt--"I presume you are boatswain of this ship." "Then you presume
+wrong," said the pirate, "for I am boatswain of the _Royal
+Fortune_--Captain Roberts, commander." "Then, Mr. Boatswain, you'll be
+hanged," said the officer. "That is as your Honour pleases," said the
+man, turning away.
+
+The officer asking about the explosion, he swore "they are all mad and
+bewitched, for I have lost a good hat by it." He had been blown out of
+the cabin gallery into the sea. "But what signifies a hat, friend?" said
+the officer. "Not much," he answered.
+
+As the sailors stripped off his shoes and stockings, the officer asked
+him if all Robert's crew were as likely men as himself? He answered,
+"There are 120 of them as clever fellows as ever trod shoe-leather;
+would I were with them." "No doubt on't," said the officer. "It's naked
+truth," said the man laughing, as he looked down at his bare feet.
+
+The officer then approached another man, black and scorched, who sat
+sullenly alone in a corner. He asked him how it happened. "Why," said
+he, "John Morris fired a pistol into the powder, and if he had not done
+it I would." The officer said he was a surgeon, and offered to dress his
+wounds, which he bore without a groan. He swore it should not be done
+and he would tear off the dressing, so he was then overpowered and
+bandaged. At night he grew delirious and raved about "brave Roberts,"
+who would soon release him. The men then lashed him down to the
+forecastle, as he resisted with such violence to his burnt sore flesh
+that he died next day of mortification. The other pirates they fettered,
+and sent the shattered ship, scarcely worth preserving, into port.
+
+The next day Roberts appeared in sight with a prize, and his men ran to
+tell him of the cruizer as he was dining in the cabin with the prisoner
+captain. Roberts declared the vessel was his own returning, or nothing
+but a Portuguese or French slave ship, and laughed at the cowards who
+feared danger, offering to strike the most apprehensive. As soon as he
+discovered his mistake he slipped his cable, got under sail, and ordered
+his men to arms, declaring it was "a bite."
+
+He appeared on deck dressed in crimson damask, with a red feather in his
+cocked hat, a gold chain and diamond cross round his neck, a sword in
+his hand, and two pairs of pistols hanging pirate-fashion from a silk
+sling over his shoulders. His orders were given in a loud voice and with
+unhesitating boldness. Informed by a deserter that the _Swallow_ sailed
+best upon a wind, he resolved to go before it, if disabled to run ashore
+and escape among the negroes, or if, as many of his men were drunk,
+everything else failed, to board and blow up both vessels.
+
+Exchanging a broadside he made all sail he could crowd, but steering ill
+was taken aback and overtaken. At this critical moment a grapeshot
+struck him on the throat, and he sat calmly down on the tackle of a gun
+and died. The man at the helm running to his assistance, and not seeing
+a wound, thought his heart had failed him, and bade him stand up and
+fight it out like a man, and remember the _Jolly Roger_. Discovering his
+mistake the rough sailor burst into tears, and prayed the next shot
+might strike him. The pirates then threw their captain overboard, with
+all his arms and ornaments, as he had often requested in his life.
+
+When Roberts fell the men deserted their quarters and fell into a
+torpor, till their mainmast being shot away compelled them to surrender.
+Some of the crew lit matches and tried to blow up the magazine, but the
+rest prevented them. The black flag, crushed under the fallen mast, they
+had no time to destroy.
+
+The _Royal Fortune_ was found to have forty guns and 157 men, forty-five
+of them being negroes. Only three were killed in the action, and the
+_Swallow_ did not lose a man. She had upwards of L2000 of gold dust in
+her. From the other vessel the same quantity was embezzled by an English
+captain, who sailed away before the _Swallow_ arrived.
+
+The prisoners were mutinous under restraint, and cursed and upbraided
+each other for the folly that had brought them into that trap. For fear
+of an outbreak they were manacled and shackled in the gun-room, which
+was strongly barricaded, and officers with pistol and cutlass placed to
+guard it night and day.
+
+The pirates laughed at the short commons, and swore they should be too
+light to hang. Those who read and prayed were sneered at by the others.
+"Give me hell," said one blasphemer; "it is a merrier place than heaven,
+and at my entrance I'll give Roberts a salute of thirteen guns." The
+whole of the prisoners made a formal complaint against "the wretch with
+a prayer-book," as a common disturber.
+
+A few of the more violent conspired, having loosened their shackles, to
+rise, kill the officers, and run away with the ship. A mulatto boy who
+attended them, conveyed messages from one to the other, but the very
+evening of the outbreak two prisoners heard the whispers, and warned
+the officers. They were then treated rougher, and heavier chains put on.
+
+The negroes and surgeon on board the other ship also contrived a
+conspiracy, the surgeon knowing a little of the Ashantee language. They
+were betrayed by a traitor, all re-chained, and brought to Cape Corso
+castle to be tried. Here they grew chapfallen, forgot to jest, and
+begged for good books. Some joined in prayers, and others sang psalms.
+Brawny, sunburnt, scarred men were seen spelling out hymns, and, through
+the blood-red haze of a thousand crimes, trying with moistened eyes to
+look back to calm Sunday evenings when fond mothers had first taught
+them the words of long since forgotten prayers.
+
+When the ropes were fitting only one appeared dejected, and he had been
+ill with a flux. A surgeon of the place was charitable enough to offer
+himself as chaplain, and represented to them the urgent need of
+repentance and the tender forgiveness of a Saviour. They hardly listened
+to him, but some begged caps of the soldiers, for the sun was burning
+on their bare heads. Others asked for a single draught of water. When
+they were pressed to speak of religion, they burst into curses, and
+imprecated vengeance on their judge and jury, saying they were hung as
+poor rogues, but many worse escaped because they were rich.
+
+He then implored them to be in charity with all the world, and asked
+their names and ages. They said, "What is that to you? we suffer the
+law, and shall give no account but to God." One cursed a woman in the
+crowd for coming to see him hung, and another laughed at their tying his
+hands behind him, "for he had seen many a good fellow hung, but never
+that done before." A third said, the sooner the better, so he might get
+out of pain.
+
+Nine others showed much penitence. One obtained a short reprieve, and
+devoted it to prayer, singing the thirty-first Psalm at the foot of the
+gallows. Another (the deserter) exhorted the seamen to a good life, and
+sang a psalm. The next instant a gun was fired, and he swung from the
+fore-yard-arm. Bunce, the youngest of them all, made a pathetic speech,
+and begged forgiveness of God and all mankind. Seeing the gallows
+standing on a rock above the sea, he took a last look at the element
+which he had so often braved, and saying, he stood "as a beacon on a
+rock to warn mariners of danger," was turned off by the hangman.
+
+CAPTAIN WORLY, the next adventurer, embarked in an open boat, with eight
+other men, from New York in 1718, captured a shallop up the Delaware
+river, and soon took many other vessels, pursuing an English cruiser
+from Sandy Hook. He had now twenty-five men and six guns, and his crew
+had taken an oath to receive no quarter. While careening in an inlet in
+North Carolina he was attacked by two government sloops. These cruisers
+boarded him on either side, and the pirates fought so desperately that
+only the captain and another man were taken prisoners, and being much
+wounded were hung the next day for fear they should die, and the law not
+have its due.
+
+Captain GEORGE LOWTHER was originally second mate on board a vessel
+carrying soldiers to a fort of the Royal African Company's on the river
+Gambia, the very one that had been destroyed by Davis. Captain Massey,
+who commanded these men, offended at the arrogance of the merchants,
+plotted with Lowther, who had been ill-treated by his captain, to run
+away with the vessel. They then started as pirates--their vessel, the
+_Delivery_, having fifty men and sixteen guns. The worthy partners soon
+quarrelled, Massey knowing nothing of the sea and Lowther nothing of the
+land. Massey wished to land with thirty men and attack the French in
+Hispaniola, but Lowther refused his consent; and when Lowther resolved
+to scuttle a ship, Massey interposed in its behalf. Massey, soon after
+this, being put on board a prize with ten malcontents, gave himself up
+at Jamaica, and was sent to cruise in search of his old partner. Massey
+wrote to the African Company, and prayed to be forgiven, or at least
+shot as a soldier, and not hung as a pirate. He then came to London,
+gave himself up, and was soon after hung.
+
+Off Hispaniola Lowther captured two vessels--one of them a Spaniard, the
+crew of which, in consideration of their being also pirates, and having
+just boarded an English ship, were drifted off in their own launch, but
+the English sailors were enrolled in their own crew. They then put into
+a key, cleaned, and spent some time in revelry. Starting again about
+Christmas, at the Grand Caimanes they met with a small pirate vessel,
+commanded by a captain named Low, who now became Lowther's lieutenant.
+The old ship they sank, and soon after attacked a Boston vessel, the
+_Greyhound_, which, though only 200 tons, refused to bring to in answer
+to Lowther's gun, and held out for an hour before she struck her ensign,
+seeing resistance hopeless. The pirates whipped, beat, and cut these men
+cruelly, and at last set fire to their vessel, and left them to burn and
+perish. They soon after burnt and sank several New England sloops; a
+vessel of Jamaica they generously sent back to her master, and two
+other vessels they fitted up for their own use, mounting one with eight
+carriage and ten swivel guns.
+
+With this little fleet, Admiral Lowther, in the _Happy Delivery_, went
+to the gulf of Matique to careen, carrying ashore all their sails and
+stores, and putting them in tents on the beach. While the ships,
+however, were on the keel, and the men busy heaving, scrubbing, and
+tallowing, they were attacked by a large body of the natives. Burning
+the _Happy Delivery_, their largest ship, and leaving all their stores
+behind, they then turned one sloop adrift, and all embarked in the
+other, the _Ranger_. This disaster, and the shortness of provisions,
+soon produced mutiny and mutual recrimination.
+
+In May 1721 they went to the West Indies, capturing a brigantine, which
+they plundered and sank, and then started for New England. Low and
+Lowther always quarrelling, at last parted, Low taking forty-four hands
+in the brigantine, and leaving the same number in the sloop to Lowther.
+The latter for some time captured nothing but fishing vessels, and a
+New England ship with a cargo of sugar from Barbadoes. Off the coast of
+South Carolina, being pursued by an English vessel that he had
+imprudently attacked, he was driven on shore in his attempts to escape.
+The English captain, in attempting to board, was shot, and his mate
+declined the combat. The pirate sloop soon put again to sea, but much
+shattered, and with many of the crew killed and wounded. The winter Low
+spent in repairing, in an inlet of North Carolina, where his men pitched
+tents, and lived on the wild cattle they shot in the woods, while in
+very cold nights they slept on board the ship.
+
+After a cruise round Newfoundland the pirates sailed for the West
+Indies, and put into a creek in the island of Blanco, not far from
+Tortuga, to careen. Here they were attacked by the _Eagle_ sloop of
+Barbadoes, belonging to the South Sea Company. She fired a gun first to
+make Lowther show his colours, and then boarded. Lowther and twelve of
+his crew made their escape out of a cabin window after their vessel had
+struck. The master of the _Eagle_, with twenty-five men, spent five
+days in search of the fugitives, and, capturing eight only of them,
+returned to Cumana.
+
+The Spanish governor applauding the _Eagle_ condemned the sloop, and
+sent a small vessel with twenty-five hands to scour the patches of
+_lignum vitae_ trees that covered the low level island, and took four
+pirates, but Lowther and three men and a boy still escaped. It is
+supposed he then destroyed himself, as he was found soon after by some
+sailors dead, beside a bush, with a burst pistol by his side. Of his
+companions nine were hung at St. Christopher's, two pardoned, and five
+acquitted; four the Spaniards condemned to slavery for life, three to
+the galleys, and the others to the Castle of Arraria.
+
+Captain Spriggs was another of this same gang, having been quartermaster
+to Lowther. In 1723 Spriggs, with eighteen men, sailed by night from the
+coast of Guinea, in the _Delight_ (a man-of-war) taken by Low, for they
+had quarrelled as to the punishment of a pirate who had murdered
+another. Low was for mercy and Spriggs for the yard-arm.
+
+They then chose Spriggs captain, hoisted the black flag, and fired all
+their guns to honour his inauguration. In their voyage to the West
+Indies they plundered a Portuguese bark, tortured the crew, set them
+adrift in a boat with a small quantity of provisions, and then burnt the
+vessel. The crew of a Barbadoes sloop they cut and beat for refusing to
+serve with them, and turned them off like the Portuguese. They next
+rummaged a logwood ship from Jamaica, cut the cable, broke the windows,
+destroyed the cabins, and when the mate refused to go with them, every
+man in the vessel gave him ten lashes, which they called "writing his
+discharge" in red letters flaring on his back. George the Second's
+birthday they spent in roaring out healths, shouting, and drinking,
+expecting that there would be an amnesty at his accession, and vowing,
+if they were excepted, to murder every Englishman they met. They next
+gave chase to a vessel (supposed to be a Spaniard), till the crew made a
+lamentable cry for quarter, and they discovered it was the logwood
+vessel they had turned off three days before, not worth a penny. Enraged
+at this, fifteen of them flew at the captain and cut him down, though
+his mate, who had joined the pirates, interceded for his life. It being
+midnight, and nearly all, as usual at such an hour, drunk, it was
+unanimously agreed to make a bonfire of the Jamaica ship. They then
+called the bleeding captain down into the cabin to supper, and made him,
+with a sword and pistol at his breast, eat a dish of candles, treating
+all the crew in the same way. Twenty days afterwards they landed the
+captain and a passenger on a desert island in the Bay of Honduras,
+giving them powder, ball, and one musket. Here they supported life for
+fifteen days, till two marooned sailors coming in a canoe paddled them
+to another island, where they got food and water. Espying a sloop at
+sea, they made a great smoke and were taken off after nineteen days'
+more suffering. Spriggs, while laying wait to take his revenge on the
+_Eagle_, was pursued by a French man-of-war from Martinique, and then
+went to Newfoundland to obtain more men and attack Captain Harris, who
+had lately taken another pirate vessel. Of their future fate we hear
+nothing. Let us hope they sailed on till they reached Gallows Point and
+there anchored.
+
+JOHN GOW was one of the crew of an Amsterdam galley, who in 1724, in a
+voyage to Barbary, plotted to murder the captain and seize the vessel.
+Having first cut his throat they tried to throw him overboard, but as he
+grappled with them Gow and the second mate and gunner shot him through
+the body. They then murdered the chief mate and the clerk, who was
+asleep in his hammock; the latter, handing the key of his chest, begged
+for time to say his prayers, but a sailor shot him as he knelt, with a
+pistol that burst as he fired.
+
+The murders being over, one of the red-handed men came on deck, and,
+striking a gun with his cutlass, cried "You are welcome, Captain Gow, to
+your new command." Gow then swore that if any whispered together or
+refused to obey orders, they should go the same way as those that had
+just gone. They plundered a French fruit vessel and some others, but
+were soon after stranded on the Orkney coast, where they had intended to
+clean, were apprehended by a gentleman named Fea, and brought up to
+London.
+
+Gow obstinately refusing to plead, his thumbs were tied with whipcord
+till they broke. As he still remained silent he was ordered by the
+Draconic law of those days to be pressed to death. When the preparations
+were completed Gow's courage failed him, he sullenly pleaded not guilty,
+and was soon after, with nine of his crew at the same time, executed.
+
+Captain WEAVER, of the _Good Fortune_, brigantine, which had taken some
+sixty sail off the banks of Newfoundland, on his return from thence came
+to Bristol, and passed himself off as a sailor who had escaped from
+pirates, walking openly about the town. Here he was met by a captain
+whom he had once plundered, and who invited him to share a bottle in a
+neighbouring tavern, telling him he had been a great sufferer by the
+loss of his ship, but that for four hogsheads of sugar he would never
+mention the affair again. Unable to obtain this compensation he arrested
+Weaver, who was soon after hung.
+
+Captain EDWARD LOW, our last commodore, was originally a London thief,
+the head of a gang of Westminster boys, and a gambler among the footmen
+in the lobby of the House of Commons. One of his brothers was the first
+thief who stole wigs by dressing as a porter, and carrying a boy on his
+head in a covered basket. He ended his days at Tyburn.
+
+Low was originally a logwood cutter at Honduras, but quarrelling with
+his captain, and attempting his life, put off to sea with twelve
+companions, and taking a sloop, hoisted a black flag, and declared war
+against the world. Of his adventures with Lowther we have already made
+mention. In May, 1722, while off Rhode Island, the governor ordered a
+drum to beat up for volunteers, and fitted out two sloops with 140 men
+to pursue him, but Low contrived to escape, and soon after running into
+Port Rosemary, seized thirteen vessels at one stroke, arming a schooner
+of ten guns for his own use, putting eighty men on board, and calling
+her the _Fancy_. He was soon after beaten off by two armed sloops from
+Boston. Low waiting too long for his consort, a brigantine, to come up,
+in steering for the Leeward Islands, they were overtaken by a dreadful
+storm, the same which drowned 400 people at Jamaica, and nearly
+destroyed the town of Port Royal. The pirates escaped by dint of
+throwing over all their plunder and six of their guns, and put into one
+of the Caribbees to refit, buying provisions of the natives. In this
+storm it was that forty sail of ships were cast away in Port Royal
+harbour.
+
+Once refitted, Low sailed into St. Michael's road, and took seven sail,
+threatening with present death all who dared to resist. Being without
+water, he sent to the governor demanding some, and declaring that if
+none were sent he would burn all his prizes. On the governor's
+compliance he released six, and fitted up the seventh for himself.
+Another one they burnt. The crews they compelled to join them, all but
+one French cook, who was so fat that they said he would fry well. They
+then bound him to the mast, and allowed him to burn with the ship. The
+crew of another galley they cruelly cut and mangled, and two Portuguese
+friars they tied up to the yard-arm, pulling them up and down till they
+were dead. A Portuguese passenger looking sorrowfully on at these
+brutalities, one of the pirates cried out that he did not like his
+looks, and cut open his belly with his cutlass, so that he fell down
+dead. Another of the men, cutting at a prisoner, slashed Low across the
+upper lip, so as to lay the teeth bare. The surgeon was called to stitch
+up the wound, but the medical man being drunk, Low cursed him for his
+bungling. He replied by striking Low a blow in the mouth that broke the
+stitches, telling him to sew up his chops himself.
+
+Off Madeira, they seized a fishing boat, and obtained water by a threat
+of hanging the fishermen. While careening at the Cape Verd Islands,
+after making many prizes, Low sent a sloop to St. Michael's in search
+of two vessels, but his crew were seized and condemned to slavery for
+life.
+
+In careening his other ship, it was lost, and Low had now to fall back
+on his old schooner, the _Fancy_, which he sailed in with a hundred men.
+Proceeding to the West Indies, they captured, after some resistance, a
+rich Portuguese vessel called the _Nostra Signora de Victoria_, bound
+home from Bahia. Several of the crew they tortured till they confessed
+that during the chase their captain had hung a bag of 11,000 moidors out
+of the cabin window, and when the ship was taken dropped it into the
+sea. The pirates, in a fury at this, cut off his lips, broiled them
+before his face, and then murdered him and thirty-two of his crew. In
+the next month they seized four vessels, burning all those from New
+England.
+
+In the Bay of Honduras Low boarded a Spanish sloop of six guns and
+seventy men, that had that morning captured five English vessels.
+Finding out this from the prisoners in the hold, these butchers
+proceeded to destroy the whole crew, plunging among them with
+pole-axes, swords, and pistols. Some leaped into the hold and others
+into the sea. Twelve escaped to shore: the rest were knocked on the head
+in the water. While the pirates were carousing on land, one wounded
+wretch, fainting with his wounds, came to them and begged in God's name
+for quarter, upon which a brutal sailor replied, he would give him good
+quarters, and, forcing him down on his knees, ran the muzzle of his gun
+down his throat, and shot him. They then burnt the vessel, and forced
+the English prisoners to return to New York, and not to Jamaica.
+
+Hating all men of New England, Low cut off the ears of a gentleman of
+that nation, and tied burning matches between the fingers of some other
+prisoners. The crew of a whaler he whipped naked about the deck, and
+made the master eat his own ears with pepper and salt.
+
+On one occasion, the captain of a Virginian vessel refusing to pledge
+him in a bowl of punch, he cocked a pistol and compelled him to drain
+the whole quart. Off South Carolina, his consort was taken by a
+cruiser, but Low basely deserting him, escaped, and off Newfoundland
+took eighteen ships, and in July, 1723, he fitted up a prize called the
+_Merry Christmas_, with thirty-four guns, and assumed the title of
+admiral, hoisting a black flag, with the figure of death in red. At St.
+Michael he cut out of the road a London vessel of fourteen guns, which
+the men refused to defend. The ears of the captain Low cut off, for
+daring to attempt resistance, and giving him a boat to escape in, burnt
+his ship.
+
+He then visited the Canaries, Cape de Verd Islands, and lastly, the
+coast of Guinea. At Sierra Leone he captured the _Delight_, of twelve
+guns, which he supplied with sixteen guns, and sixty men, appointing
+Spriggs, his quartermaster, as captain, who two days after deserted him,
+and sailed for the West Indies.
+
+Of the end of this detestable monster we know nothing, but if there is
+any truth in old adages, he could not have well perished by a mere
+storm.
+
+The best account of a pirate's life extant is to be found in Captain
+Roberts's Narrative of the Loss of his Vessel in 1721, preserved in
+Astley's amusing Collection of Voyages, four dusty quartos, that contain
+a mine of "auld warld" information.
+
+This Captain Roberts, it appears, contracted with some London merchants
+to go to Virginia, to fit out a sloop, named the _Dolphin_, with a cargo
+"to slave with" on the coast of Guinea, and then to return to trade at
+Barbadoes. Arriving at that island, in 1722, he was discharged, and upon
+that bought the _Margaret_ sloop, and started again for the African
+coast. At Curisal he turned up to procure a supply of wood and water,
+and the next morning after his arrival, it being calm as day broke, he
+looked out and espied three sail of ships off the bay, and making one of
+them plain with his glass, observed that she was full built and loaded,
+and supposed that she and her companions wanted water, as they first
+brought to, then edged away without making any signals.
+
+As soon as the day broke clean and they made his ship, one of them
+stood right in towards her, and as the sun rose and the wind freshened,
+tacked more to the eastward. As she drew nigher, Roberts found her by
+his glass to be a schooner full of hands, all in white shirts; and when
+he saw a whole tier of great guns grinning through the port-holes, he
+began to suspect mischief. But it was now too late to escape, as it held
+calm within the bay, and the three ships came crowding in as fast as the
+wind, flaunting out an English ensign, jack, and pendant. Roberts then
+hoisted his ensign. The first of the three that arrived had 8 guns, 6
+patereroes, 70 men, and stretching ahead hailed him. Roberts said he was
+of London, and came from Barbadoes. They answered, with a curse, that
+they knew that, and made him send a boat on board.
+
+The pirate captain, John Lopez, a Portuguese, who passed himself off as
+John Russel, an Englishman, from the north country, asked them where
+their captain was. They pointed him out Roberts, walking the deck. He
+instantly called out, "You dog, you son of a gun, you speckled shirt
+dog!" for Roberts had just turned out, wore a speckled Holland shirt,
+and was slipshod, without stockings. Roberts, afraid if he showed
+contempt by continued silence they would put a ball through him, thought
+it best to answer, and cried "Holloa!" upon which Russel said, "You dog
+you, why did you not come aboard with the boat? I'll drub you within an
+inch of your life, and that inch too."
+
+Roberts meekly replied that only the boat being commanded aboard, he did
+not think he had been wanted, but if they would please to send the boat,
+he would wait upon him. "Ay, you dog you," said the Portuguese, "I'll
+teach you better manners." Upon this eight of the pirates boarded, and
+took possession of the ship, and as soon as Roberts came alongside, the
+pirate began again to threaten to drub him for daring to affront him;
+and when he declared he meant no offence, cried out, "D--n you, you dog,
+don't stand there to chatter, come aboard," and stood with a cutlass
+ready drawn to receive him. While still hesitating, the gunner, who
+wore a gold-laced hat, looked over the side, and said, "Come up, master,
+you shan't be abused." When he got up, the pirate raised his sabre as if
+to cut him down, asking what a dog deserved for not coming aboard when
+the boat was first sent. Roberts replied, if he had done amiss, it was
+through ignorance, as he did not know what they were. "Curse you," said
+the pirate, "who do you think we are?" Roberts now trembled for fear,
+for having once been captured by pirates at Newfoundland, he knew--one
+wrong word and the knife was at his throat. After a short pause, he
+said, "I believed you were gentlemen of fortune belonging to the sea."
+At this the Portuguese, a little pacified, said, "You lie, we are
+pirates."
+
+After vapouring for some time, the pirate asked, in a sneering tone, why
+Roberts had not put on his clothes to visit gentlemen. Roberts replied,
+that he did not know of the visit when he dressed, and, besides, came in
+such a fright on account of their threats, that he had very little
+thought or stomach to change clothes, still, if it would please them to
+grant him the liberty, he would go and put on better clothes, hoping it
+was not yet too late. "D--n you," said the pirate, "yes, it is too late;
+what clothes you took you shall keep, but your sloop and what is in her
+is ours." Roberts said, he perceived it was, but hoped, as he lay at
+their mercy, they would be so generous as to take only what they had
+occasion for and leave him the rest.
+
+The Portuguese said, "that was a company business, and he could say
+nothing about that yet." He then bade him give an account of his cargo
+and money, and of everything aboard his sloop, for if upon rummaging
+they found the least article concealed, they would burn the vessel and
+him in her. The pirates standing by also begged him to make a full
+discovery of all money, arms, and ammunition, which were the chief
+things they sought after, for it was their way to punish liars and
+concealers very severely. Roberts then drew up an account from memory,
+and asked to see his ship's papers that he might complete it. Russel
+said, "No, he would take care of the papers, and if anything was found
+missing in the inventory he must look out for squalls." During this time
+the pirates were rummaging the sloop, but found nothing but a ring and a
+pair of silver buckles not inserted in the list.
+
+During the capture a Portuguese priest and six black fishermen, taken on
+board at the Isle of Sal, who had been sent on shore, escaped to the
+hills. Russel, seeing them, told Roberts that he had captured the
+fishing sloop to which the fugitives belonged, but one of his gang had
+run away with it, carrying off L800 in cash, in addition. Russel then
+slipped cable and made Roberts pilot them to Paraghisi, in company with
+their other vessel, the _Rose Pink_, of thirty-six guns, commanded by
+Edmund Loe, their commodore. At Paraghisi they landed thirty-five men
+and captured the fugitive priest, five negroes, and the old governor's
+son. Russel on his return was received with great ceremony by his
+commander, the gunner acting as master of the ceremonies and presenting
+Roberts.
+
+Captain Loe welcomed him aboard with the usual compliments, "It's not my
+desire, captain," he said, "to meet with any of my countrymen (but
+rather foreigners), excepting some few whom I want to chastise for their
+roguishness; but, however, since fortune has ordered it so that you have
+fallen into our hands, I would have you be of good cheer and not cast
+down."
+
+Roberts replied, "I am very sorry, sir, that I chanced to fall in your
+way, but I feel I am still in the hands of gentlemen of honour and
+generosity, in whose power it is still to make my capture no
+misfortune."
+
+Loe said, "It does not lie singly in my breast, for all business of this
+nature is determined by a majority of votes in the whole company, and
+though neither I nor, I believe, any of the rest desire to meet with any
+of our nation, yet when we do it cannot well be avoided to take as our
+own what Providence sends us; and, as we are gentlemen who depend
+entirely on fortune, we durst not be so ungrateful to her as to despise
+any of her favours, however mean, for fear that she might withdraw her
+hand and leave us to perish for lack of those very things we had
+slighted."
+
+After this philosophical utterance, the great man, who sat astride on a
+great gun, and not, like other potentates, in a chair of state, without
+moving from his place, begged Roberts, with much condescension, to make
+himself at home, requesting to know what he would drink. The
+broken-spirited man, still trembling for his life, replied, "He did not
+care then much for drinking, but out of a sense of the honour they did
+him in asking he would drink anything he chose." Loe told him "Not to be
+cast down, it was the fortune of war: d----, sir, care killed the cat,
+and fretting thinned the blood and was d---- bad for the health. To
+please the company he should be brisk and cheerful and he would soon
+have better fortune."
+
+He then rang the bell and bade one of the _valets de cabin_ bring in a
+bowl of punch. This was brought and mixed in a rich silver bowl holding
+two gallons. He then called for some wine, and two bottles of claret
+being brought, Roberts sipped at the claret while Loe drained the bowl
+with his usual philosophy and contentment. As he grew warm with the
+fragrant draught, he told Roberts that he was a d----d good fellow, and
+he would do him all the favours he could, but wished he had had the good
+fortune to have been captured ten days earlier, when they had taken two
+Portuguese outward bound Brazilmen, laden with cloth, woollens, hats,
+silk, and iron, for he believed he could have prevailed on his company
+to have loaded Roberts's ship. "But now unfortunately," he added, as he
+put down the empty bowl, "they had no goods at all, having flung all the
+Brazil stuffs into David Jones's locker (the sea). He did not know,
+however, but he might meet Roberts again (such things did come round),
+and then if it lay in his way he would make Roberts a return for his
+loss, for he might depend on his readiness to serve him as far as his
+power or interest could reach." To this outburst of sympathy Roberts
+replied by bowing and sipping his unrelished glass of claret.
+
+While they were talking word was brought that Quartermaster-General
+Russel had arrived with the prisoners, and the commodore, ordering the
+empty bowl to be removed, bade them come in. Russel, the chief officers,
+and the prisoners then crowded into the cabin, and to the question of
+"How goes the game?" Russel gave an account of his expedition. On
+landing they had at once seized two blacks, who had been sent by the
+governor as heralds, and used them as guides. Though the road was uneven
+and rocky they reached the town, twelve miles distant, that night,
+surprising the governor and priest. Russel told them, that hearing they
+had great stores of dollars hoarded up, he had come to share it with
+them, as it was one rule of his trade to keep money moving and
+circulation brisk. The priest said they had none, and the island was
+barren and uncultivated. Russel said he had only two senses, seeing and
+feeling, which could convince him the information was false. The priest
+then lit a number of consecrated wax-candles, and allowed them to
+search. They found, however, nothing but twenty dollars, which he did
+not think worth taking. The men then lay down to sleep, keeping their
+arms loaded and their pistols slung, and setting a watch. The next
+morning he carried the prisoners to the boats.
+
+Upon this tame conclusion, Loe, who had been sitting patient and quiet
+as a judge, started up and said, interrupting Russel, "Zounds! what
+satisfaction is this to me or the company? We did not want these black
+fools, d----n them! No, we wanted their money, and if they had none,
+they might have stayed ashore or gone to the devil."
+
+Russel, nettled at this rebuke, replied fiercely, "I have as much
+interest in getting the money as any of the company, and did as much to
+find it: I don't believe there was more than we saw, and that wouldn't
+have been sixpence a head, a trifle not worth having our name called in
+question for. For my part, I am for something that is worth taking, and
+if I can't light on such, I never will give the world occasion to say
+that I am a poor sneaking rogue and mean-spirited fellow. No, I will rob
+for something of value, or not at all, especially among these people,
+where, if our company breaks, we may look for a place of refuge; and I
+boldly affirm that it is a fool's act to draw on us their odium by such
+peddling thefts, that would be by all men accounted a narrow-souled,
+beggarly action, and would be cursed to all futurity by this fraternity,
+who might suffer for its effects."
+
+Captain Loe, abashed by the murmur of approval that followed this
+speech, said, "it was all very true, and carried a deal of reason with
+it, that he was satisfied with Russel's judgment and courage in the
+affair; but come," says he, "let us do nothing rashly"--and filling a
+bumper, drank to Russel, wishing Roberts better success in his next
+voyage.
+
+Russel then went on shore again, and, finding the priest had escaped to
+the mountains, told the governor, an old negro, that he should burn the
+town to ashes if he was not brought in in three hours' time. The
+governor said the thing was impossible, that he lay at their mercy, and
+hoped he would not destroy the innocent for the guilty. Russel declared
+the doom should not be deferred, but promised the priest should not be
+killed if he surrendered himself. While parties of blacks were on the
+hunt, Russel ordered an ox to be roasted for his men, and a pipe of wine
+to be broached; and on the priest being captured, treated all the
+natives at their Christian minister's expense, leaving him to extract it
+from them again in tithes.
+
+The priest and governor, when they heard they were to be taken on board,
+to assure Loe of their poverty, prayed not to be detained as slaves.
+Russel told them he was a Catholic, and no harm should be done them.
+They were soon afterwards released. Loe then ordered a hammock for
+Roberts, till his own and ship's fate were decreed by the company,
+telling him generously, in language rather metaphorical than strictly
+accurate, that everything in the ship was at his command, and begging
+him not to vary his usual course of hours, drinking, or company. Next
+morning about eight, as Roberts was pacing unemployed and melancholy on
+the deck, three pirates came up to him, and said that they had once
+sailed with him on board the _Susannah_, in 1718. They expressed sorrow
+for his ill luck, and promised to do something for him. They said they
+had fifty pieces of white linens, and eight of silk, and that when the
+company had agreed to restore him his ship, they would make interest to
+load it. Then looking about as if wishing to tell him a secret, and
+seeing the deck clear, which it seldom was in pirate vessels, with much
+concern they informed him that if he did not take abundance of care, he
+would be forced to stay with them, for their mate had found that he knew
+the coast of Brazil, whither they were bound after they had scoured that
+of Guinea, and they would take him as pilot. Then enjoining him to
+secresy (for their lives depended upon it), they said they had been in
+close consultation as to his fate, and had almost agreed to take him as
+a forced prisoner. They had praised him as kind to his men, and a good
+paymaster, and, knowing the pirate law that no married man could be
+forced to join their ships, swore at a hazard that he was married, and
+had four children. His mate had turned informer, but he was as yet
+ignorant of their articles, which they never showed till they were
+signed. His only chance of escape was to keep up to their story. Russel,
+one of the council, had been in favour of breaking through the law in
+this special case, and keeping Roberts at all events till they could
+catch another guide, but Loe was opposed to it, telling them it would be
+an ill precedent and of bad consequence, for that if once they took the
+liberty of breaking their articles and oath, nothing would be sure. They
+added that most of the company being of Loe's opinion, Russel was vexed
+and determined if possible to break the articles.
+
+Soon after they were gone, Loe came on deck, and bidding him good
+morrow, with many compliments, ordered the flag, the signal for
+consultation, to be hoisted. This they called "the green trumpeter," and
+was a green silk flag, with the figure of a trumpeter in yellow, and
+hoisted on the mizen peak. Upon this all came on board to breakfast,
+crowding both cabin and steerage.
+
+After breakfast Loe asked Roberts, as if casually, if he was married and
+had children. The latter answered he had five and perhaps six, for one
+was on the stocks when he came away. He then asked him, if he had left
+them well provided for. Roberts replied, he had left his wife in such
+indifferent circumstances, having met with recent misfortunes, that the
+greater part of his substance was in that ship and cargo, and if that
+failed they would want even for bread.
+
+Loe then turned to Russel and said, "It won't do, Russel."
+
+"What won't do?" replied the quartermaster.
+
+"You know what I mean," said Loe; "it must not and it shall not be,
+by----"
+
+"It must and shall be, by----" replied Russel; "'Self-preservation is
+the first law of nature,' and 'Necessity knows no law,' says the adage."
+
+"Well," says Loe, "it shall never be by my consent."
+
+The rest of the company then declared it was a pity, and ought to be
+seriously weighed and put to the vote. Loe said, indeed it ought, and
+that there was no time like the present to determine the matter. The
+rest all cried, "Ay, it is best to end it now." Loe then ordered all
+hands upon deck, and bade Roberts stay in the cabin.
+
+In about two hours (awful hours for Roberts, to sit listening for shouts
+or cries), Loe came down, and asked him how he did. Russel said, with a
+frown, "Master, your sloop is very leaky."
+
+Roberts replied it was, wishing to depreciate its value.
+
+"Leaky," said Russel, "I don't know what you could do with her if we
+gave her you, for all your hands now belong to us." Russel then
+continued to taunt him for his want of cargo and provision, as if to
+give a keener edge to his misery.
+
+At last, "Come, come," said Loe, "let us toss the bowl about, and call a
+fresh course."
+
+They then proceeded to carouse and talk of their past transactions at
+Newfoundland, the Western Islands, the Canaries, &c., and at dinner
+tore their food one from the other, thinking such ferocity looked
+martial.
+
+Next morning one of the three men contrived to speak to Roberts, and
+apologized for his caution, as they had an article making it death to
+hold any secret correspondence with a prisoner. He then informed him
+that his own mate was his great enemy, and seemed likely to turn rogue
+and enter with them, leaving him only a boy and a child to manage the
+sloop. Both he and his companions heartily wished to join him, but found
+it would be death even to mention it, as they had an article that any of
+the company advising or merely speaking of separation should be shot to
+death by the quartermaster's order, without even court-martial. Russel
+had been Roberts' friend till the mate had told him of his captain's
+knowledge of Brazil, and had even planned a gathering for him nearly
+equal in value to what they had taken, for it was a custom in pirate
+vessels to keep a spare stock of linen, silk, gold lace, and clothes, to
+give to any prisoner whom they took a liking to or had known before.
+Loe was his friend, the sailor assured him, but that he could do little
+against Russel, who had really more power and sway than anyone else.
+
+Some time after this man left him, Captain Loe turned out, and, passing
+the usual compliments, sent for some rum, and discoursed on many
+indifferent subjects. Upon all of these Roberts was obliged to appear
+interested, dreading this sea-despot's displeasure. Perhaps a
+button-holder, like this Trunnion, never had so attentive an auditor, or
+so hearty an applauder of anecdotes, good or bad.
+
+About ten o'clock Russel, the evil genius, came on board, and accosted
+Roberts in an agreeable manner, trying to conciliate him into consenting
+to his proposal. He said, he had been considering Roberts's scheme, and
+did not see how he could carry it through. He believed Roberts was a man
+of understanding, but in this case was directed by sheer desperation
+rather than reason. For his part he did not think it would stand with
+the credit or reputation of the company to put it into his power to
+throw himself wilfully away, as he seemed determined to do. Wishing him
+indeed well, he had been thinking all night upon a scheme which, without
+exposing him to danger, would turn out more to his advantage than
+anything he could expect by getting the sloop. (Here Roberts's eye
+brightened.) He had resolved to sink or burn the sloop, and detain
+Roberts as a prisoner, all the company promising to give him the first
+prize they took, or to allow him to join their crew. This would be the
+making of him, and enable him to soon leave off sea, and live ashore if
+he were so inclined.
+
+Roberts thanked him, but said he thought he should gather no advantage
+from such a plan, for he could not dispose of a ship or cargo without a
+lawful power to sell, and if the owners heard of it, he should be either
+obliged to make restitution, or be thrown into prison, and run the
+hazard of his own life.
+
+Russel replied that his objections were frivolous, and could easily be
+evaded. To avoid detection, they would make him a bill of sale, and
+give him powers in writing that would answer any inquiry. As for the
+owners, they would take care from the ship's writings, which they always
+first seized, to let him know who were the owners of the cargo, and
+where they lived. These writings should be made in a false name, which
+Roberts could assume till all were sold.
+
+Roberts said there was abundant address in his contrivance and much
+plausibility in the whole. But were he even sure that all would turn out
+well, he had a still stronger motive than any he had yet mentioned, and
+that was his dread of the continual sting and accusation of his
+conscience. He then with more courage than he had hitherto shown, began
+to expatiate on the duty of restitution, and tried to awaken his hearers
+to some sense of the sin of piracy.
+
+Many said, with a laugh, he would do well to preach a sermon, and would
+make a good chaplain. Others shouted that they wanted no preaching
+there. "Pirates had no god but money, no saviour but their muskets." A
+few approved of what he said, and declared that if a little goodness,
+or at least rude humanity, was in practice among them, their reputation
+would be a little better both with God and man.
+
+A short silence followed, which captain Russel broke by employing some
+Jesuitical sophistry, to persuade Roberts that it would be no sin for
+him merely to accept what they had stolen, since he had no hand in the
+theft, and was their constrained prisoner. "Suppose," he said, "we
+should still resolve to sink or burn your sloop, unless you will accept
+of her. Now, where I pray, is the owner's property when the ship is sunk
+or burnt. I think the impossibility of his ever having her again cuts it
+off to all intents and purposes, and our power was the same,
+notwithstanding our giving her to you, if we had thought fit to make use
+of it."
+
+Loe and the rest here burst out laughing, declared it was as good as a
+play to hear the two argue, and that Roberts was a match for Russel,
+though few could generally stand up to him in a fight with mere words.
+
+Roberts not allowing this praise to over-balance his prudence, would
+not drive Russel further, seeing him vexed at their applause. He merely
+said that he knew he was absolutely in their power to dispose of as they
+pleased, but that having hitherto been treated so generously by them, he
+could not doubt of their future goodness to him. That if they would
+please to give him his sloop again, it was all he requested at their
+hands, and that, he doubted not, by his honest endeavours he should be
+able to retrieve his present loss.
+
+Upon this Captain Loe said, "Gentlemen, the master, I must needs say,
+has spoke nothing but what I think is very reasonable, and I think he
+ought to have his sloop. What do you say, gentlemen?" The majority cried
+out with one voice, "Ay, ay, by G---- let the poor man have his sloop
+again, and go in God's name and seek a living in her for his family."
+
+In the evening Russel insisted on treating Roberts on board his own
+schooner before his departure. All passed off well till after supper,
+when a bowl of punch and half a dozen of claret were put on the table.
+The captain first took a bumper, wishing success to the undertaking, and
+this toast passed round, Roberts not daring to refuse to drink. The next
+health was, "Prosperity to our trade." The third, "Health to the King of
+France." Russel then proposed "The King of England's health," and all
+drank it, some repeating his words, others saying, "the aforesaid
+health." Just before it came to Roberts, Russel poured two bottles of
+claret into the punch, and his prisoner disliking this mixture, begged
+to pledge the health in a bumper of claret.
+
+At this heresy, Russel, who had laid his trap, flew into a passion,
+"D----" he said, "you shall drink in your turn a full bumper of that
+sort of liquor the company does." "Well then, gentlemen," said Roberts,
+"rather than have words, I will drink, though it is in a manner poison
+to me." "Curse you," said Russel; "if it be in a manner or out of a
+manner, or really rank poison, you shall drink as much and as often as
+anyone here, unless you fall down dead, dead."
+
+Then Roberts, dreading a quarrel with his old enemy, took the glass,
+which held about three-quarters of a pint, and filling a bumper, said,
+"The aforesaid health." "What health is that?" said Russel. "Why,"
+answered Roberts, "the health you have all drank--the King of England's
+health." "Who is king of England?" said Russel. "In my opinion," said
+Roberts, "he that wears the crown is certainly king of England." "Well,"
+argued his opponent, "and who is that?" Upon his saying King George, he
+swore at him, and said the English had no king. Roberts replied,
+laughing, "He wondered he should begin and drink a health to a person
+who was not in being." At this quip, Russel drew a pistol from his sash,
+and would have shot his unoffending enemy dead, had not the gunner
+snatched it out of his hand. At this Russel, who was a Roman Catholic
+and a Jacobite, grew still more maddened, and fired another at Roberts,
+saying, "The Pretender is the only lawful king." The master striking
+down the barrel, the pistol went off without doing mischief.
+
+High words then arose between Russel and the gunner, and the latter,
+addressing the company, said, "Well, gentlemen, if you have a mind to
+maintain these laws, made, established, and sworn to by us all, as I
+think we are obligated by the strongest ties of reason and self-interest
+to do, I assure you my opinion is that we ought to secure John Russel,
+so as to prevent his breaking our constitution."
+
+When Russel attempted, still in a passion, to defend his conduct, the
+gunner declared, "That no man's life should be taken away in cold blood
+till the company, under whose care he was, had so decreed it." Then
+accusing him of hating Roberts, merely because he had been prevented
+from breaking the articles by detaining him, he left the spot.
+
+Russel's arms were next taken away, and Roberts, being guarded during
+the night, was sent to the commodore in the morning, there being a law
+among them to receive no boats aboard after nine o'clock at night.
+
+About four in the afternoon Russel came to Loe, with Spriggs, the
+commander of the other ship, and told him that Roberts's mate was
+willing to join them as a volunteer. Loe said, in that case Roberts
+would have no one but a child to help him; and he thought, in reason,
+they could not give him less than the mate and two boys.
+
+Russel said he could not help that, "the mate was a brisk lusty young
+fellow, and had been upon the account before. He had declared he would
+not go in the sloop unless forced; that when he first came to Barbadoes
+his resolve had been to ship himself on board the first pirate he met
+with." Loe replied, "That to give the master a vessel without men was
+only putting him to a lingering death, and they had better knock him on
+the head at once."
+
+Russel replied, "as for that they might do as they pleased; he spoke for
+the good of the company and according to articles, and he should like to
+see or hear the man who dared to gainsay it. He was quartermaster, and
+by the authority of that office should at once enter the mate, and had a
+pistol and a brace of bullets for any who opposed him." Loe said he
+would not argue against law and custom, but he thought if they kept the
+mate they should substitute another man.
+
+Russel said, with an oath, grinding his teeth, "No, the sloop's men were
+enrolled already in his books, and he should rub no names out." Then
+turning to Roberts, he added, "The company, master, has decreed you your
+sloop, and you shall have her; you shall have your two boys, that's all:
+but you shall have neither provisions nor anything else more than she
+has now. And, as I hear some of the company design to make a gathering
+for you, that also I forbid, by the authority of my office, because we
+are not certain but we may have occasion ourselves for those very things
+before we get more. And I swear by all that's good and bad, if I know
+anything that's carried or left on board the sloop against my order, or
+without my knowledge, I will set her on fire that very instant, and you
+with her."
+
+After a little more dispute and feeble and intimidated resistance to
+this violence, Russel's stern resolution and heartless villany carried
+the day, and about dusk they parted, each to his own ship, several
+professing kindness to Roberts, but none giving him anything. When
+Russel was ready, he sent Roberts into his boat, and bringing him to his
+own ship, ordered supper for him, and bottles, and pipes and tobacco,
+being set on the table, he invited Roberts and his officers into his
+cabin.
+
+His revenge was now accomplished and the wretch, now resolved to make
+Roberts taste the tortures of death, by anticipation, addressed him with
+a sneer worthy of the applause of hell.
+
+"Captain Roberts," he said, "you are very welcome, and I pray you eat
+and drink heartily, for you have as tedious a voyage to go through as
+Elijah in his forty days' journey to Horeb, and, as far as I know,
+without a miracle, it must be only by the strength of what you now eat,
+for you shall have neither eatables nor drinkables with you in the
+sloop." Roberts replied, "I hope not so," but Russel answered he would
+find it certainly true.
+
+Roberts then said, that rather than be put on board the sloop in that
+manner, when there was no possibility of escaping but by a miracle, he
+should be glad to be sent ashore on some island off the coast of Guinea,
+or even to tarry on board till an opportunity occurred to land where he
+pleased, for he would yield to anything else they should think fit to do
+with him, except entering into their service.
+
+Russel answered with an oath, the usual prelude of a pirate's harangue,
+that it had been once in his power to have been his own friend, but as
+he chose to slight their proffered favours, and had made that choice, he
+must now take it, as all apologies were too late; and he thought he had
+proved himself a better friend than Roberts could have expected, since
+he had caused him to have more differences with his company than he had
+ever had before.
+
+Roberts pleaded the innocence of his intentions, and intreated Russel
+and all the gentlemen present to consider him an object rather of pity
+than vengeance. But his tormentor, more inexorable than a headsman,
+said: "All your whining arguments, you dog, are now too late. You not
+only refused our commiseration when it was offered, but ungratefully
+despised it. Your lot is cast, and you have nothing to do but to go
+through your chance with a good face. Fill your belly with victuals and
+good drink, and strengthen yourself for three days or so, or have some
+brandy and die drunk, and be happy. This is your last meal in this
+world, so fail not to make the most of it. Yet, perhaps, such a
+conscientious man as you pretend to be may have a miracle worked for
+you, but for my own part I don't believe God himself, if there is one,
+could help you. I pity the boys, and have a great mind, Roberts, to keep
+them on board, and let the miracle be worked on you alone."
+
+The master and governor said they heard the boys were willing to take
+their chance with the master, let it be what it would. "Nay, then," said
+Russel, "it is fit the young devils should, and I suppose the master has
+made them as religious and conscientious as himself. However, master,"
+he cried, "eat and drink heartily; this is your last supper, as the
+priests call it, and don't try to change your allotted fate, or it may
+provoke us to treat you worse."
+
+"Gentlemen," said Roberts, with a resignation that would have touched
+any other man, "I have done; you can do no more than God is pleased to
+permit you, and I own for that reason I ought to take it patiently. God
+forgive you." "Well, well," said Russel, "if it is done by God's
+permission, you need not fear He will permit any harm to befall one of
+his peculiar elect."
+
+About ten at night, in order that darkness might add to his dismay, some
+of Russel's partisans brought the sloop's boat. In answer to an inquiry
+as to whether they had cleared the vessel as he had ordered, they
+replied with an oath, "Ay, ay, she has nothing on board except ballast
+and water." "Zounds," said Russel, stamping on the deck, "did I not bid
+you stave all the casks that had water in them?" "So we have," was the
+reply; "the water we mean is salt water leaked in, and now above the
+ballast, for we have not pumped her, we don't know when." He asked if
+they had brought away the sails. They said they had, all but the
+mainsail that was bent, for the other old mainsail was so rotten it was
+only fit to cut up for parcelling, and was so torn it could not be
+brought to, and was past mending.
+
+"Zounds," said Russel, "we must have it, for I want it to make us a
+mainsail. The same miraculous Power that brings the rogue provisions
+will bring him sails."
+
+"What a devil! is he a conjuror?" said one.
+
+"No, no!" replied Russel, "but he expects miracles to be wrought for
+him, or he would never have chosen what he has."
+
+"Nay, nay, if he be such a one, he will do well enough."
+
+"But I doubt," cried another, "if he be such a mighty conjuror, for if
+he was, how the devil was it that he did not conjure himself clear of
+us?"
+
+"Pish!" cried a third, "may be his conjuring books were all shut up."
+
+"Ay," said a fourth, "now we have all his conjuration books over board,
+I doubt he'll be hard put to it."
+
+The gunner alone seemed to retain any trace of humanity, he bade Russel
+take care he had not this to answer for some day when he would be sorry
+for it. "Howsum-dever," he said, "you've got the company's assent, I
+can't tell how, and, therefore, I shall say no more, only that I, and I
+believe most of the gentlemen came here to get money, but not to kill,
+except in fight, much less in cold blood, or for private revenge. And I
+tell you, Jack Russel, if ever such cases as these be any more
+practised, my endeavours will be to leave this company as soon as
+convenient."
+
+Russel made no answer, but ordered his men to fetch the mainsail from
+the sloop. He then gave Roberts an old worm-eaten musket, a damp
+cartridge, and two half pounds of tobacco "as a parting present." His
+victim was then conducted with great ceremony over the side into his own
+boat, and put on board with his two boys.
+
+As their boat was putting away, Roberts thought he heard his mate's
+voice, so he called to him and said, "Arthur! what, are you going to
+leave me?" A voice replied, for it was pitch dark, "Ay." "What!" said
+Roberts, "do you do it voluntarily, or are you forced?" He answered
+faintly, "I am forced, I think!" Roberts answered "Very well." The mate
+then called out and asked Roberts, if he ever had an opportunity, to
+write and give his brother an account of him. Roberts asked where he
+lived, and the mate replied at Carlingford, in Ireland. Now this mate
+the captain had picked up at Barbadoes, a naked shipwrecked man, who had
+served in a New England sloop. He had bought him clothes and
+instruments, and treated him with sympathy and kindness. He was a rigid
+Presbyterian, a great arguer on theological points, and a loud inveigher
+against the Church of England. Although he had never before been heard
+to utter an oath, as soon as Russel persuaded him to join the pirate
+crew, he became constantly drunk, and outdid them all in blasphemy and
+wickedness, but he had told his new companions so much of Roberts's
+kindness, that but for Russel they would not have allowed him to join
+them.
+
+Next morning Roberts proceeded to rummage the sloop, and sweeping out
+the bread lockers, he found about his hat crown full of biscuit crumbs,
+some broken pipes, and a few screws of tobacco. They had left his
+fore-staff, but took his bedding, although they generally lay upon deck,
+or against a gun carriage. In the hold, the more merciful had left ten
+gallons of rum in one hogshead, and thirty pounds of rice in another,
+with three pints of water and a little flour, together with some needles
+and twine, sufficient to repair his rotten sails. A day or two
+afterwards they caught a shark, which they boiled for several dinners,
+using the shark's liver, melted, for oil. He soon after reached Curisal,
+obtained a negro crew, was wrecked, built a boat, and was eventually
+taken home by an English ship.
+
+Scarcely less interesting than this narrative of Roberts is that of
+Captain William Snelgrave, who was engaged in the slave trade on the
+Guinea coast in 1738. Having escaped one of the dreaded Salee rovers, he
+was taken at Sierra Leone by Captain Cocklyn of the _Rising Sun_, a
+pirate commanding three vessels and a gang of eighty men. He had been
+marooned by a man named Moody, but had gradually collected men, and
+captured, in a short time, ten English vessels. Moody's crew, soon after
+Cocklyn's departure, disliking their captain's cruelty, put him and
+twelve more in an open boat, which they had taken from the Spaniards off
+the Canary Islands, and chose a Frenchman named Le Bouce as their
+commander, who instantly put back and joined Cocklyn, whom they liked
+because he was fierce and brutal, being resolved to have no more
+gentlemanlike captains like Moody.
+
+The next day Davis, the pirate, arrived with 150 well disciplined men,
+the black flag flying at his mast head.
+
+The evening Snelgrave entered the river, he observed a suspicious smoke
+on land, but his mate said it was only travellers roasting oysters, and
+it appeared afterwards that he was a traitor. On standing in for the
+river's mouth, the pirate vessels appeared in sight. Towards dusk he
+heard a boat approaching, so he ordered twenty men to get ready their
+firearms and cutlasses. Lanterns being brought and the boat hailed, the
+pirates fired a volley at the ship, being then within pistol shot
+distance, a daring act for twelve men, who were attacking a ship of
+sixteen guns and forty-five men.
+
+When they began to near, the captain called out to fire from the
+steerage port-holes. This not being done, he went below, and found his
+people staring at each other, and declaring they could not find the arm
+chest. The pirates instantly boarded, fired down the steerage, shooting
+a sailor in the loins, and throwing hand grenades amongst them. On their
+calling for "mercy," the quartermaster, who always headed the pirate
+boarders, came down from the quarterdeck and inquired for the captain,
+asking how he dared to fire. On Snelgrave saying it was his duty to
+defend his ship, the quartermaster presented a pistol at his breast, but
+he parried it, and the bullet passed under his arm. The wretch then
+struck him on the head with the butt end, bringing him on his knees. On
+his getting up and running to the quarterdeck, the pirate boatswain made
+a blow at his head with his broad sword, swearing no quarter should be
+offered to any captain who dared to defend his vessel. The blow missed
+him, but the blade cut an inch deep in the quarterdeck rail, and there
+broke. The pirate's pistols being all unloaded, he then struck at him
+with the butt end of one of them till the crew cried out for his life,
+and said they had never sailed with a better man. One of the crew,
+however, had his chin cut off; another fell for dead on the deck. The
+quartermaster who came up, told him he should be cut to pieces if his
+men did not recover the pirate's boat that had run adrift. On recovering
+this, he took him by the hand, and declared his life was safe if none of
+his crew complained of him. The pirate then fired several vollies for
+joy at their recovery, but forgetting to hail their companions, were
+fired on by the other ships. When Snelgrave questioned the
+quartermaster why he did not use his speaking trumpet, he asked him
+angrily whether he was afraid of going to the devil by a great shot,
+"for that he hoped to be sent to hell by a cannon ball some time or
+other."
+
+The pirates now prepared for dinner by cramming geese, turkeys, fowls,
+and ducks, all unpicked, into the furnace, with some Westphalia hams,
+and a large sow in pig, which they only bowelled, leaving the hair on.
+Soon after this, a sailor came to Snelgrave to ask him what o'clock it
+was, and on the captain's presenting him with his watch, laid it on the
+deck, and kicked it about, saying it would make a good football. One of
+the pirates then caught it up, and said it should go into the common
+chest, and be sold at the mast.
+
+Snelgrave was soon after carried on board the pirate ship. The commander
+told him he was sorry for the bad usage he had met with, but it was the
+fortune of war, and that if he did not answer truly every question he
+would be cut into even ounces, but that if he told the truth they would
+make it the best voyage he had ever taken. One of them asked if his ship
+sailed well on wind, and on his saying, "Very well," Cocklyn threw up
+his hat, saying she would make a brave pirate man-of-war. A tall fellow,
+with four pistols in his belt, and a broadsword in his hand, then came
+up and claimed him as an old schoolfellow, and told him secretly that he
+was a forced man, having been mate in a Bristol vessel lately captured,
+and was obliged to go armed. He told him also that at night, when the
+pirates drank hard, was the time of most danger for prisoners.
+
+A bowl of punch was then ordered, and the men, going into the great
+cabin, sat on the floor cross-legged, for want of seats, drinking the
+Pretender's health by the name of "King James the Third." At midnight
+they gave Snelgrave a hammock, and his old schoolfellow kept guard over
+him with a drawn sword, but he could not sleep for the songs and
+cursing. About two o'clock the pirate boatswain came on board, and
+hearing Snelgrave was asleep, declared he would slice his liver for
+daring to fire at the boat, and refusing to give up his watch. Griffin
+threatened to cleave him if he came nearer, and struck at him with his
+sword. In the morning, when all were sober, the sentinel complained of
+the boatswain for infringing the pirate law, "that no ill usage be
+offered to prisoners when quarter has once been given." The crew
+proposed the offender should be whipped, but Snelgrave prudently begged
+him off. Soon after, his own first mate came to tell him that, being
+badly off and having a scolding wife, he had joined the pirates. He
+found out afterwards that he had hid the arm-chest, and dissuaded the
+men from resistance.
+
+The pirate then began to rummage the vessel, and, not caring for
+anything but money, threw overboard, before night, about L4000 worth of
+Indian bales. They broke up his escritoires, and destroyed his chests of
+books, swearing there was "jaw work enough for a whole nation." Against
+all religious books they exercised a strict censorship, for fear of any
+of the crew being roused to qualms of conscience, or taking a dislike
+to the profession. The wine too began to be passed freely round, and the
+pirates grew merciful, and good-humouredly made up a bundle of clothes
+for the prisoners. At this moment one of Davis's crew, a pert young
+fellow of 18, broke open a chest for plunder, and on the quartermaster
+complaining, replied "that they were all equal, and he thought he was in
+the right." The quartermaster then struck at him with his sword, and
+pursued him into Davis's cabin, where he thrust at him, and ran him
+through the hand, wounding the captain as well. Davis vowed revenge,
+saying that if his man had offended, no one had a right to punish him,
+and especially in his presence. He then instantly went on board his own
+ship, and bore down upon Cocklyn, who finally consented to make the
+quartermaster beg pardon for his fault.
+
+Snelgrave was sitting in the cabin with the carpenter and three or four
+other pirates, when the boatswain came down very drunk, and beginning to
+abuse him was turned out of the place. Soon after a puff of wind put
+out the candle, and the boatswain returning, declared Snelgrave had put
+it out, with the design of going into the powder-room and blowing up the
+ship; and in spite of the carpenter declaring it was done by accident,
+he drew a pistol and swore he would blow out the dog's brains. In rising
+to blow in the candle Snelgrave and the carpenter had, unknown to the
+boatswain, changed places. The pistol flashing in the pan, the carpenter
+saw by the light that he must have been shot if it had gone off, and in
+a rage ran in the dark to the boatswain, wrenched the pistol from his
+hand and beat him till he was nearly dead. The noise alarmed the ship,
+and the disturber was carried off to bed.
+
+The next morning Davis's crew came on board to divide the wines and
+liquors. They hoisted on deck a great many half hogsheads of claret and
+French brandy, knocked out their heads and dipped out cans and bowls
+full, throwing them at each other, and washing the decks with what was
+left. The bottles they took no trouble to mark, but "nicked" them, as
+they called it, by striking off their necks with a cutlass, spilling the
+contents of about one in every three. The eatables were wasted in the
+same way. Three drunken pirates coming into the cabin, and tumbling over
+Snelgrave's bundles of clothes, threw three of the four overboard. A
+fourth pirate, more sober than the rest, opened the remaining bundle,
+and taking out a black suit and a wig, put them on and strutted on deck,
+throwing them over in an hour when the crew had drenched him with
+claret. When Snelgrave mildly expostulated with him on this robbery, he
+struck him on the shoulder with the flat of his sword, whispering at the
+same time a caution never to dispute the will of a pirate for fear he
+might get his skull split for his impudence.
+
+When night came on, Snelgrave had nothing left of four bundles of
+clothes but a hat and a wig, and these were soon after put on by a
+drunken man, who staggered into the cabin, saying he was "one of the
+most respectable merchants on the African coast." As he was leaving the
+room, a sailor came in and beat him severely for taking what he had no
+right to, and thinking he was one of the crew. The interposer then
+comforted Snelgrave, and promised to recover what he had lost, while
+others of the crew brought him food.
+
+Next day, Davis, ordering all the crews on the quarter-deck, made a
+speech in Snelgrave's behalf, persuading them to give him a ship and
+several thousand pounds' worth of miscellaneous plunder. One of the men
+proposed they should take him with them down the Guinea coast, and if
+they took a Portuguese vessel, to give him a cargo of slaves. Down the
+coast he might sell his goods for gold dust, and then, sailing for St.
+Thomas's, sell his ship and the slaves to the Danes, and return to
+London a rich man. Snelgrave demurring to this, they grew angry,
+thinking their gift would have been legal, but Davis kindly said, "I
+know this man and can easily guess his thoughts, he thinks he would lose
+his reputation. Now, I am for allowing everybody to go to the devil in
+their own way, so beg you to give him the remains of his own cargo and
+let him do as he thinks fit."
+
+This they granted, but of his own adventure not more than L50 worth was
+now left. The sailors had taken rolls of fine Holland and opened them to
+lie down in on the deck. Then when the others came and flung buckets of
+claret over them, they flung the stained parcels overboard. In loading,
+the pirates always dropped the bales over, if they were not passed as
+quickly as they expected. The Irish beef they threw away, Cocklyn saying
+Snelgrave had horsebeans enough to last his crew six months.
+
+Soon after this the brutal quartermaster fell sick of a fever, and sent
+to Snelgrave to beg his forgiveness, for having attempted to shoot him.
+He said he had been a wicked wretch, and that his conscience tormented
+him, for he feared he should roll in hell fire. When Snelgrave preached
+repentance he declared his heart was hardened, but he would try, and he
+ordered Snelgrave to take any necessaries he wanted from his chest, but
+died that night in terrible agonies and cursing God. This so affected
+many of the new recruits that they begged Snelgrave to get them off, and
+promised not to be guilty of murder or other cruelty. In the cabin the
+pirates found some proclamations, and being unable to read asked the
+prisoner to do it for them. He then read His Majesty's proclamation for
+a pardon to all pirates that should surrender themselves at any of the
+British plantations by the 1st of July, 1719. The next was the
+declaration of war against Spain. When they heard the latter, some said
+they wished they had known it before they left the West Indies, as they
+might have turned privateersmen, and have enriched themselves. Snelgrave
+told them it was not yet too late, there being still three months left
+of the term prescribed. But when they heard the rewards offered for the
+apprehension of pirates, a Buccaneer who had been guilty of murder,
+treated the proclamation with contempt, and tore it in pieces. Amongst
+other men that consulted Snelgrave was a sailor named Curtis, who, being
+sick, walked about the deck wrapped in a silk gown. He had sailed with
+Snelgrave's father. Among other spoil the three pirate captains had
+found a box with three second-hand embroidered coats, which they seized
+and put on. The longest falling to Cocklyn's share, who was a short man,
+it reached to his ankles, but Le Bouce and Davis refused to change with
+him, saying that as he was going on shore where the negro ladies knew
+nothing of white men's fashions, it did not matter, and moreover, as his
+coat was scarlet embroidered with silver, he would be the bravest of
+them all.
+
+These clothes being taken contrary to law, and without the
+quartermaster's leave, the crew were offended, declaring that if they
+suffered such things, the captains would assume a new power, and soon
+take whatever they liked. The next morning when their captains returned,
+the coats were taken from them, and put into the common chest; and it
+having been reported that Snelgrave had advised the costume, many of the
+men turned against him, one of them threatening to cut him to pieces. A
+sailor who stood near told Snelgrave not to be frightened at the man's
+threat, for he always spoke in that way, and advised him to call him
+"captain" when he came on board, for the fellow had once been commander
+of a pirate sloop, did not like the post of quartermaster, and loved to
+be called by his old title. On entering the ship, Snelgrave said softly
+to him, "Captain Williams, pray hear me on the point you are so offended
+about." Upon this Williams gave him a playful blow on the shoulder with
+the flat of his sword, and said "I have not the heart to hurt thee." He
+then explained the affair, drank a glass of wine with him, and they were
+friends ever after. The pirates next captured a French ship that they
+had at first taken for a forty-gun ship in pursuit of them. The men
+drunk and newly levied, might at this time have easily been cut off, and
+the hundred sail of ships they afterwards destroyed saved. When some of
+the men cried out that they had never seen a gun fired in anger, Cocklyn
+caned them, telling them they should soon learn to smell gunpowder. The
+French captain they hung at the yard-arm for not striking at their
+first shot. When they had pulled him up and down several times till he
+was almost dead, Le Bouce interfered for his countryman, protesting he
+would sail no longer with such barbarous villains. They then gave him
+the French ship, first destroying her cargo, cutting her masts by the
+board, and running her on shore, as old and useless.
+
+Snelgrave's ship being now fitted up by the pirates, he was invited to
+its christening. The officers stood round the great cabin, holding
+bumpers of punch in their hands; and on Captain Cocklyn saying, "God
+bless the Wyndham galley," they drank the liquor, broke their glasses,
+and the guns thundered a broadside.
+
+The new ship being galley built with only two flush decks, the
+powder-room scuttle was in the chief cabin, and at that time stood open.
+One of the guns blowing at the touch-hole, set fire to some cartouch
+boxes that held small arm cartridges, the shot of which flew about,
+filling the room with smoke. When it was over, Davis remarked on the
+great danger they had been in, the scuttle having been all the time
+open, and 20,000 lb. weight of powder lying under. Cocklyn replied with
+a curse, "I wish it had taken fire, for it would have been a noble blast
+to have gone to hell with."
+
+The next day the pirate captains invited Snelgrave to dinner, and during
+supper a trumpeter and other musicians, who had been taken from various
+prizes, played and sang. About the middle of supper there was a sudden
+cry of fire, and a sailor boy, running in, with a pale face, said the
+main hatchway was on fire. The crew were then nearly drunk, and many of
+them leaped into the boats, leaving the officers and the fifty
+prisoners. On Snelgrave remarking to Davis the danger they were in,
+being left without a boat, Davis fired a great gun at the fugitives, and
+brought them back. The gunner then put wet blankets on the bulk head of
+the powder-room, and so saved it from destruction. This immense store of
+powder had been collected from various prizes, as being an article in
+great request with the negroes. Snelgrave took one of the quarterdeck
+gratings and lowered it over the ship's side with a rope, in case he
+should be obliged to leave the ship, and all this time the drunken
+sailors were standing on the quarterdeck, to the horror of the
+prisoners, shouting, "Hurrah for a quick passage to hell!"
+
+About ten o'clock the master, a brisk and courageous man, who, with
+fifteen more, had spared no pains to conquer the flames, came up
+miserably burnt, and calling for a surgeon, declared the danger was now
+all over. The fire had arisen from the carelessness of a negro, who
+being sent to pump out some rum, held his candle so near the bung-hole
+of the hogshead that a spark caught the spirit. This soon fired another
+tub, and both their heads flew off with the report of a cannon; but
+though there were twenty casks of rum, and as many of pitch and tar in
+the store, all the rest escaped.
+
+Before morning, the gunner's mate having spoken in favour of Snelgrave's
+conduct during the fire, the crew sent for him to attend the sale of his
+effects on board the Wyndham galley. Some promised to be kind to him;
+and the captain offered to buy his watch. As they were talking, a mate,
+half drunk, proposed that Snelgrave should be kept as a pilot till they
+left the coast, but Davis caned him off the quarter deck.
+
+Two days after this the pirates took a small vessel belonging to the
+African Company. Snelgrave's first mate then told them that he had been
+once very badly served by this company, and begged that they would burn
+the vessel in revenge. This was about to be ordered when Stubbs, a
+quick-witted sailor, stood up and said, "Pray, gentlemen, hold, and I
+will prove to you that the burning of this ship will only advance the
+company's interests. The vessel has been out two years; is old, crazy,
+and worm-eaten; her stores are worth little, and her cargo consists only
+of red wood and pepper, the loss of which will not harm the company, who
+will save the men's wages, which will be three times the value of the
+cargo." This convinced the crew, who at once spared the vessel, and
+returned her to the captain.
+
+A few days afterwards, Snelgrave's things were sold at the mast, many of
+the men returning him their purchases, his old school-fellow in
+particular begging hard on his behalf. When the fiercer men observed the
+great heap of things he had collected, they swore the dog was
+insatiable, and said it would be a good deed to throw them overboard.
+Hearing this, Snelgrave loaded his canoe, and, by the advice of his
+friends, returned to shore. Soon after he left, his watch was put up for
+sale, and run to L100 in order to vex Davis, who, however, bought it at
+that enormous price. One of the sailors, enraged at this, tried the case
+on a touch-stone, and, seeing it looked copperish from the alloy in the
+gold, swore it was bad metal. They then declared Snelgrave was a greater
+rogue than any of them, since he had cheated them all. Russel laughed at
+this, and then vowed to whip him when he came next. Upon the advice of
+his friends, Snelgrave hid in the woods till the pirates left the river,
+and soon after returned with several other ruined men to England.
+
+Of the MADAGASCAR PIRATES some scanty record in Hamilton's Account of
+the East Indies, published in 1726. He mentions the fact that the
+pirates had totally destroyed the English slave trade in that island, in
+spite of several squadrons of men-of-war sent against them. To use the
+author's own rather ambiguous words, "A single ship, commanded by one
+Millar, did more than all the chargeable fleets could do, for, with a
+cargo of strong ale and brandy, which he carried to sell them in 1704,
+he killed about 500 of them by carousing, though they took his ship and
+cargo as a present from him, and his men entered, most of them, into the
+society of the pirates." Commodore Littleton lent them blocks and
+tackle-falls to careen, and, for some secret reasons, released some of
+their number.
+
+The author concludes in the following manner: "Madagascar is environed
+with islands and dangerous shoals both of rocks and sand. St. Mary's, on
+the east side, is the place which the pirates first chose for their
+asylum, having a good harbour to defend them from the weather, though
+in going in there are some difficulties. But hearing the squadrons of
+English ships were come in quest of them, they removed to the main
+island for more security, and there they have made themselves free
+denizens by marriage." And the author is of opinion it will be no easy
+matter to dispossess them. In 1722 Mr. Matthews went in search of them,
+but found they had deserted St. Mary's Island, leaving behind them some
+marks of their robberies, for in some places he found pepper strewed a
+foot thick on the ground. The commodore went, with his squadron, over
+into the main island, but the pirates had carried their ships into
+rivers or creeks, out of danger of the men-of-war, and to burn them with
+their boats would have been impracticable, since they could have easily
+distressed the crews from the woods. The commodore had some discourse
+with several of them, but they stood on their guard, ready to defend
+themselves in case any violence had been offered them.
+
+The 11th and 12th of William III., and the 8th George I., are both
+statutes against piracy, and are indications of the years in which their
+ravages were peculiarly felt. By the first, any natural-born subject
+committing an act of hostility against any of his Majesty's subjects,
+under colour of a commission from any foreign power, could be tried for
+piracy. And further, any commander betraying his trust, and running away
+with the ship, or yielding it up voluntarily to a pirate, or any one
+confining his captain to prevent him fighting, was adjudged a pirate,
+felon, and robber, and was sentenced to death.
+
+The later acts make it piracy even to trade with known pirates.
+
+Commanders or seamen wounded, or their widows slain in piratical
+engagements, were entitled to a bounty not exceeding one-fiftieth part
+of the value of the cargo, and wounded men received the pension of
+Greenwich Hospital. If the commander behaved cowardly, he was to forfeit
+all his wages, and suffer six months' imprisonment.
+
+Such are a few of the facts connected with the almost unrecorded and
+uncertain history of the pirates of New Providence and Madagascar, the
+most loathsome wretches that perhaps, since Cain, have ever washed their
+hands in human blood. Ferocious yet often cowardly, they were subtle and
+cruel, with none of the frequent generosity of outlaws, and little of
+the enterprise of the military adventurers. Long ago have their bones
+crumbled from the dark gibbets on the lonely sand islands of the
+Pacific, and they remain without monument or record, except in prison
+chronicles and forgotten voyages. We have reviewed their history simply
+as the natural sequel of our annals, and as an illustration of the
+character of the English seaman in its most brutal and satanic aspect.
+
+
+
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+CHIEF AUTHORITIES.
+
+BUCCANEER WRITERS.
+
+
+JOHN (JOSEPH?) ESQUEMELING'S[1] Bucaniers of America; or, an Account of
+the most Remarkable Assaults committed on the Coasts of the West Indies
+by the Bucaniers of Jamaica and Tortuga; with the Exploits of Sir Henry
+Morgan. Translated into English from the Dutch, with a Portrait of Sir
+H. Morgan, a Map and Plates, with a Table. 4to. London. 1684.
+
+[1] Rich, in his "Bibliotheca Americana Nova," 1835, confounds
+Esquemeling, the Dutchman, with Oexmelin, the Frenchman. The English
+translation of 1684 speaks of Esquemeling's work as written by a
+Frenchman and Dutchman together, the name being French and the language
+Dutch. Rich describes it as first printed in Dutch, 1678; then
+translated into Spanish; then from Spanish into English, and from
+English into French; the author's name being changed in the latter
+translation.
+
+ ---- De Americanische Zee Roovers. 4to. Amsterdam. 1678.
+
+ ---- Hisp. 12mo. Col. Ag. 1682.
+
+ ---- Eng. 12mo. London. 1684.
+
+ ---- 4to. Col. Ag. 1684.
+
+ ---- 12mo. 4 vols. Maps and Plates. Trevoux.
+(Augmentee de l'Histoire des Pirates Anglais depuis leur Etablissement
+dans l'Isle de Providence jusqu'au Present.): 1775.
+
+OEXMELIN, ALEXANDRE OLIVIER--Histoire des Avanturiers qui se sont
+signales dans les Indes Occidentales depuis Vingt Ans. Traduite de
+l'Anglais par le Sr. de Frontignieres; avec un Traite de la Chambre de
+Comptes etablie dans les Indes par les Espagnols, traduit de l'Espagnol;
+le tout enriche des Cartes et des Figures, avec des Tables. 2 vols.
+12mo. Paris. 1688.
+
+---- 8vo. Paris. 1688. 2 tom.
+
+
+JESUIT HISTORIANS.
+
+PIERRE FRANCOIS XAVIER CHARLEVOIX--Histoire de l'Isle Espagnole, ou de
+St. Domingue, ecrite sur des Memoires Manuscrits du P. Jean Baptiste le
+Tertre, Jesuite Missionaire a St. Domingue, et sur les Pieces Originales
+qui se conservent au Depot de la Marine; avec des Cartes, des Plans, et
+des Tables. 2 vols. 4to. Paris. 1730-31.
+
+Piratas de la America y Luz a la Defensa de las Costas de Indias
+Occidentales. Traducida del Flamenco en Espanol, por el Doctor Buena
+Maison, Medico Practico en la Amplissima y Magnifica Ciudad de Amsterdam
+Dala a Luz esta Tercera Edicion, D.M.G.R. Madrid. 4to. 1763. 12mo. 1682.
+4to. 1684.
+
+JEAN BAPTISTE DU TERTRE, missionaire apostolique dans les
+Antilles--Histoires des Antilles Habitees par les Francois; avec des
+Figures. 4 vols. 4to. Paris. 1667-71.
+
+JEAN BAPTISTE LABAT, Dominicain Parisien, professeur des Philosophies a
+Nanci, etc.--Nouveau Voyage aux Isles de l'Amerique. 8 vols. 12mo.
+Paris. 1742.
+
+CAPTAIN WILLIAM DAMPIER'S Voyage Round the World. Illustrated with Maps
+and Plates. 4 vols. in 3. 8vo. London. 1703-9.
+
+CAPTAIN COWLEY'S Voyage Round the Globe. 8vo. London. 1679.
+
+LIONEL WAFER'S Voyage and Description of the Isthmus of America. 8vo.
+London, 1699. 8vo. London, 1704.
+
+CAPTAIN JAMES BURNEY'S Chronological History of the Discoveries in the
+South Sea or Pacific Ocean. 3 vols. 4to. 1803-13-17.
+
+CAPTAIN T. SOUTHEY'S Chronological History of the West Indies. 3 vols.
+8vo. London. 1817.
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF BUCCANEER CHIEFS,
+
+FROM THE COMMENCEMENT OF THEIR EMPIRE TO ITS DOWNFALL.
+
+
+LOUIS SCOTT. PIERRE LE GRAND. PIERRE FRANCOIS. ROC THE BRAZILIAN.
+BARTHELEMY PORTUGUES. LOLONNOIS THE CRUEL. ALEXANDRE BRAS DE FER.
+MONTBARS THE EXTERMINATOR. MOSES VAN VIN. PIERRE LE PICARD. TRIBUTOR.
+CAPTAIN CHAMPAGNE. LE BASQUE. SIR HENRY MORGAN. CAPTAIN SWAN. CAPTAIN
+SHARP. CAPTAIN BRADLEY. CAPTAIN COXEN. CAPTAIN BETSHARP. DAMPIER.
+CAPTAIN GROGNIET. CAPTAIN YANKEY. LAURENT DE GRAFF. SIEUR DE GRAMMONT.
+SIEUR DE MONTAUBAN. DE LISLE. ANNE LE ROUX. VAUCLIN. OVINET. ELIAS WARD.
+WILLIS. D'OGERON. CAPTAIN DAVIS. VAN HORN. CAPTAIN MICHAEL. CAPTAIN
+ROSE. CAPTAIN DAVIOT.
+
+
+
+
+LONDON: SERCOMBE AND JACK, 16 GREAT WINDMILL STREET.
+
+
+
+
+Just Published, Illustrated with Portraits,
+
+THE THIRD AND FOURTH VOLUMES,
+
+COMPLETING THE WORK, OF THE
+
+MEMOIRS OF THE COURT & CABINETS OF GEORGE III.
+
+FROM ORIGINAL FAMILY DOCUMENTS.
+
+BY THE DUKE OF BUCKINGHAM & CHANDOS, K.G.
+
+Among the principal important and interesting subjects of these volumes
+(comprising the period from 1800 to 1810) are the following:--The Union
+of Great Britain and Ireland--The Catholic Question--The retirement from
+office of Mr. Pitt and Lord Grenville--The Addington Administration--The
+Peace of Amiens--The connection of the Prince of Wales with the
+Opposition--The Coalition of Pitt, Fox, and Grenville--The Downfall of
+the Addington Ministry--The conduct of the Princess of Wales--Nelson in
+the Baltic and at Trafalgar--The Administration of Lord Grenville and
+Mr. Fox--The Abolition of the Slave Trade--The Walcheren Expedition--The
+Enquiry into the conduct of the Duke of York--The Convention of
+Cintra--The Expeditions to Portugal and Spain--The Quarrel of Lord
+Castlereagh and Mr. Canning--The Malady of George III.--Proceedings for
+the establishment of the Regency. The Volumes also comprise the Private
+Correspondence of Lord Grenville, when, Secretary of State and First
+Lord of the Treasury--of the Right Hon. Thomas Grenville, when President
+of the Board of Control and First Lord of the Admiralty--of the Duke of
+Wellington, during his early Campaigns in the Peninsula; with numerous
+confidential communications from George III., the Prince of Wales, Lords
+Castlereagh, Elgin, Hobart, Camden, Essex, Carysfort, Melville, Howick,
+Wellesley, Fitzwilliam, Temple, Buckingham, Mr. Fox, Mr. Wyndham, &c.
+&c.
+
+N.B.--A FEW COPIES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND VOLUMES OF THIS WORK MAY
+STILL BE HAD.
+
+ "These volumes contain much valuable matter. There are three periods
+ upon which they shed a good deal of light--the formation of the
+ Coalition Ministry in 1783, the illness of the King in 1788, and the
+ first war with Republican France."--_Times._
+
+ "A very remarkable and valuable publication. In these volumes the
+ most secret history of many important transactions is for the first
+ time given to the public."--_Herald._
+
+HURST AND BLACKETT, PUBLISHERS,
+
+SUCCESSORS TO HENRY COLBURN,
+
+13, GREAT MARLBOROUGH STREET.
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+ Mismatched quotation marks in one paragraph of Chapter I
+ were left as in the original.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MONARCHS OF THE MAIN, VOLUME III
+(OF 3)***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 38633.txt or 38633.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/8/6/3/38633
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+